OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 13, 2009
Registration Nos. 333-      
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Oxford Industries, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Georgia   2320   58-0831862
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
*and the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule A hereto
(Exact name of registrants as specified in their charters)
 
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
(404) 659-2424
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)
 
Thomas E. Campbell
Senior Vice President — Law, General Counsel and Secretary
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
(404) 659-2424
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
With a copy to:
 
Tracy Kimmel
King & Spalding LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
(212) 556-2100
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
 
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)  o
 
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)  o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                                         
Title of Each Class of
            Proposed Maximum
      Proposed Maximum
      Amount of
 
Securities to be
    Amount to be
      Offering Price
      Aggregate
      Registration
 
Registered     Registered       per Note       Offering Price       Fee  
11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
    $ 150,000,000         100 %     $ 150,000,000 (1)     $ 8,370  
Guarantees of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
                              (2 )
                                         
 
(1) The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proposed maximum offering price is estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required for the guarantees.
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

 
*Schedule A — Table of Subsidiary Guarantors
 
         
    State or Other Jurisdiction of
  I.R.S. Employer
Exact Name of Subsidiary Guarantor
 
Incorporation or Organization
 
Identification No.
 
Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc.    Georgia   58-2124593
Lionshead Clothing Company   Delaware   51-0393413
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.    Delaware   58-2250128
Oxford Garment, Inc.    Delaware   58-1862551
Oxford International, Inc.    Georgia   58-1469312
Oxford Lockbox, Inc.    Delaware   20-4606943
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc.    South Carolina   58-2403944
Piedmont Apparel Corporation   Delaware   51-0393417
SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation   Delaware   20-3554043
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC   Delaware   20-2046093
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.    Delaware   13-3676108
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.    Delaware   13-3923200
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC   Texas   20-2045908
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc.    Florida   26-0270235


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offer until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.
 
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 13, 2009
 
Prospectus
 
(OXFORD INDUSTRIES LOGO)
 
Offer to Exchange
 
Up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
(which we refer to as the new notes)
and the guarantees thereof which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for a like amount of our outstanding
11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
(which we refer to as the old notes)
and the guarantees thereof.
 
The New Notes:
 
The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that some of the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes will not apply to the new notes.
 
  •  Maturity:  The new notes will mature on July 15, 2015.
 
  •  Interest Payments:  We will pay interest on the new notes semi-annually in cash, in arrears, on January 15 and July 15 of each year, starting on January 15, 2010.
 
  •  Guarantees:  Certain of our current and future domestic subsidiaries will guarantee the new notes on a senior secured basis.
 
  •  Ranking:  The new notes and the guarantees will be our and the guarantors’ senior secured obligations. The new notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt and senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated debt. The guarantees will rank equally in right of payment with the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt and senior in right of payment to their future subordinated debt. The new notes and the guarantees will be secured as set forth below.
 
  •  Security:  The new notes and the guarantees will be secured on a first-priority basis by the U.S. registered trademarks and certain related rights owned by Oxford Industries, Inc. or a guarantor and certain owned real property acquired after the issue date of the old notes. Subject to certain limitations, the new notes and the guarantees also will be secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the assets that secure our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility, including present and future receivables, inventory, certain general intangibles, equipment, stock of subsidiaries and certain other assets and proceeds relating thereto. For more information, see “Description of the Notes — Security.”
 
  •  Optional Redemption:  The new notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after July 15, 2012 at redemption prices specified under “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.” In addition, we may redeem up to 35% of the new notes before July 15, 2012 with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings. We may also redeem some or all of the new notes before July 15, 2012 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus a “make-whole” premium. In addition, we may be required to make an offer to purchase the new notes upon the sale of certain assets or upon a change of control.
 
  •  The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.
 
The Exchange Offer:
 
  •  The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on           , 2009, (which is the 20th business day following the date of this prospectus), unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.
 
  •  The exchange offer is not subject to any conditions other than that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Commission.
 
  •  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions, we will exchange the new notes for all old notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
The exchange offer involves risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 12.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2009.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    ii  
    ii  
    iii  
    1  
    11  
    12  
    37  
    37  
    39  
    87  
    88  
    89  
    89  
    89  
    89  
    90  
 EX-4.1 INDENTURE
 EX-5.1 OPINION OF KING & SPALDING LLP
 EX-5.2 OPINION OF PARKER POE ADAMS & BERNSTEIN LLP
 EX-5.3 OPINION OF GRAY ROBINSON, P.A.
 EX-12.1 STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 EX-23.4 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 EX-23.5 CONSENT OF VALUATION RESEARCH CORPORATION
 EX-25.1 FORM T-1, STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
 EX-99.1 FORM OF LETTER TRANSMITTAL
 EX-99.2 FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
 
This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. This information is available without charge to security holders upon written or oral request to Oxford Industries, Inc., 222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30308, Attn: Investor Relations Department, telephone number (404) 659-2424.
 
In order to obtain timely delivery, you must request the information no later than          , 2009, which is five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer.
 
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
In this prospectus, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Oxford Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries as a combined entity unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise.
 
Neither the SEC, any state securities commission nor any other regulatory authority has approved or disapproved the securities offered hereby, nor have any of the foregoing authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of this offering or the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


i


Table of Contents

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “project,” “will” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. Important assumptions relating to these forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding the duration and severity of the current economic conditions and the impact on consumer demand and spending, access to capital and/or credit markets, particularly in light of recent conditions in those markets and its impact on our liquidity and that of our customers, demand for our products, timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, competitive conditions, the timing and cost of planned capital expenditures, expected synergies in connection with acquisitions and joint ventures, costs of products and raw materials we purchase, expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions and disciplined execution by key management. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 
TRADEMARKS
 
In this prospectus, we refer (without the ownership notation after the initial use) to several trademarks that we own, including Tommy Bahama®, Ben Sherman®, Ely®, Arnold Brant®, Nickelsontm, Cattleman®, Billy London®, Oxford Golf®, Cumberland Outfitters®, and several trademarks that we license, including Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, Geoffrey Beene®, United States Polo Association® and Evisu®. We also own a two-thirds interest in an unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway® trademark in the United States and several other countries. In addition to our branded businesses, we design and source certain private label products, which are products sold exclusively to one customer under a brand name that is owned by or licensed by such customer. Significant private label brands include Stafford®, Alfani®, Tasso Elba® and Lands’ End®. All brand names or other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


ii


Table of Contents

 
NOTE REGARDING FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
On October 8, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a change to our fiscal year end. Effective with our fiscal year that commenced on June 2, 2007, our fiscal year ends at the end of the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. Accordingly, there was a transition period from June 2, 2007 through February 2, 2008 for which we filed a transition report on Form 10-KT. The terms listed below (or words of similar import) reflect the respective period noted:
 
     
Fiscal 2009
  52 weeks ending January 30, 2010
Fiscal 2008
  52 weeks ended January 31, 2009
Twelve months ended February 2, 2008
  52 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008
Eight-month transition period ended February 2, 2008
  35 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008
Fiscal 2007
  52 weeks ended June 1, 2007
Fiscal 2006
  52 weeks ended June 2, 2006
Fiscal 2003
  52 weeks ended May 30, 2003
First quarter fiscal 2009
  13 weeks ended May 2, 2009
Second quarter fiscal 2008
  13 weeks ended August 2, 2008
First quarter fiscal 2008
  13 weeks ended May 3, 2008
First quarter of eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
  13 weeks ended August 31, 2007


iii


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information about us and this offering contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. We encourage you to read this entire prospectus and the documents to which we refer you and the documents we incorporate by reference to understand fully the terms of the new notes and this offering. References to the “Company,” “Oxford,” “OXM,” “we,” “our” and “us” mean Oxford Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise.
 
Our Company
 
We are an international apparel design, sourcing and marketing company featuring a diverse portfolio of owned and licensed brands, company-owned retail operations and a collection of private label apparel businesses. Our portfolio of leading apparel brands includes our two lifestyle brands, Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, as well as licensed brands such as Kenneth Cole, Geoffrey Beene and Dockers. We are predominantly focused on menswear, which we believe carries less fashion risk than other apparel categories. We sell our products primarily through wholesale distribution channels, including national chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and Internet retailers. As of May 2, 2009, we also operated 102 retail stores for our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands. For fiscal 2008, we reported revenue of $947.5 million. Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “OXM” and as of July 10, 2009, we had an equity market capitalization of approximately $156 million.
 
The following charts set forth our fiscal 2008 net sales by operating group and brand category:
 
     
(PIE CHART)   (PIE CHART)
 
Founded in 1942, we have undergone a transformation in recent years as we migrated away from our historical domestic manufacturing roots to outsourcing more than 95% of our products. In recent years, we have focused on designing, sourcing and marketing apparel products bearing brands owned by us. During fiscal 2008, approximately 68% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, compared to approximately 4% in fiscal 2003. A key component of our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that are “fashion right” and evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. Critical steps in the evolution of our business model towards branded apparel include:
 
  •  Acquiring Tommy Bahama in June 2003;
 
  •  Acquiring Ben Sherman in July 2004; and
 
  •  Selling our private label Womenswear Group operations in June 2006.
 
Operating Groups
 
Tommy Bahama.  Tommy Bahama designs, sources and markets men’s and women’s sportswear and related products that define casually elegant island living consistent with Tommy Bahama’s aspirational lifestyle. Tommy Bahama’s target consumers are affluent men and women 35 years and older who embrace a relaxed


1


Table of Contents

and casual approach to daily living. We design, source and market collections of men’s and women’s sportswear and related products and license the brand to third parties to market non-apparel categories including fragrances, watches, eyewear, furniture and rum, among others. During fiscal 2008, approximately 44% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales were to wholesale customers and approximately 56% were directly to consumers through our retail stores, restaurant-retail locations and e-commerce operations. Our key wholesale customers include Macy’s and Nordstrom (13% and 10% of fiscal 2008 net sales, respectively). As of May 2, 2009, we operated 59 full-priced stores, 13 outlet stores and 12 restaurant-retail locations.
 
Ben Sherman.  London-based Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, young men’s “Mod”-inspired shirt brand that has evolved into a British lifestyle brand targeting youthful-thinking men and women ages 19 to 35 throughout the world. We design, source and market Ben Sherman sportswear and license the brand to third parties to market categories including suits and dress shirts, small leather goods and jewelry, among other items. During fiscal 2008, approximately 60% and 20% of Ben Sherman’s net sales occurred in the United Kingdom and the United States, respectively, with the remaining 20% occurring primarily in Europe, Asia and Australia. During fiscal 2008, approximately 83% of Ben Sherman’s net sales were to wholesale customers, with the remaining 17% sold directly to consumers through our retail stores and our e-commerce operations. Our largest wholesale customer is Debenhams (13% of fiscal 2008 net sales). As of May 2, 2009, we operated five United Kingdom, two German and four U.S. full-price stores, as well as seven outlet stores in the United Kingdom.
 
Lanier Clothes.  Lanier Clothes designs and markets branded and private label men’s suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points. Private label products under brands including Stafford (JCPenney), Alfani (Macy’s), Tasso Elba (Macy’s) and Lands’ End (Sears) represented approximately 50% of Lanier Clothes’ net sales during fiscal 2008. Our branded products include our owned Arnold Brant and Billy London brands as well as licensed trademarks such as Kenneth Cole, Dockers and Geoffrey Beene. Our largest Lanier Clothes customers include JCPenney, Macy’s and Sears, which accounted for approximately 30%, 18% and 12% of Lanier Clothes’ fiscal 2008 net sales, respectively.
 
Oxford Apparel.  Oxford Apparel produces branded and private label dress shirts, suited separates, sport shirts, casual slacks, outerwear, sweaters, jeans, swimwear, westernwear and golf apparel. Private label products for customers including Sears, Men’s Wearhouse, Target, Costco and Macy’s represented approximately 56% of Oxford Apparel’s net sales during fiscal 2008. Our owned brands include Oxford Golf, Ely and Cattleman. We also own a two-thirds interest in an unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and several other countries. Additionally, we have licenses to sell products under the Dockers and United States Polo Association trademarks for certain product categories. Our largest Oxford Apparel customers include Sears, Men’s Wearhouse, Target and Costco, which accounted for approximately 20%, 13%, 12% and 11% of Oxford Apparel’s fiscal 2008 net sales, respectively.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that the following competitive strengths differentiate our business:
 
Strong Lifestyle Brands.  Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman are “lifestyle” brands, which we consider to be brands with a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude. We believe our lifestyle brands evoke a strong emotional response and loyalty from our target customers, which allow us to command a higher price point at retail and results in higher profits. Our successful lifestyle brands also provide opportunities for branded retail operations as well as licensing ventures in product categories beyond apparel. For example, we estimate that our Tommy Bahama brand generates over $850 million of sales at retail annually. The brand is offered through more than 3,000 wholesale doors and our 84 retail stores and licensed across multiple product categories including fragrances, watches, eyewear, furniture and rum, among others. An appraisal completed on June 15, 2009 by Valuation Research Corporation, an independent appraisal consulting firm (“VRC”), estimated the value, subject to certain assumptions (as set forth on page 26 of this prospectus), of the Tommy Bahama trade name in the U.S. to be approximately $208 million.
 
Diversified Business Model.  Our portfolio is diversified by brand, product and distribution channel, which we believe enhances our consumer appeal and reduces our dependence on any one brand, style or customer.


2


Table of Contents

By Brand.  We maintain a broad portfolio of owned and licensed brands that target consumers across a wide range of ages and incomes. In fiscal 2008, our net sales were comprised of 68% owned brands, 10% licensed brands and 22% private label brands. Tommy Bahama, our largest owned brand, comprised 45% of net sales for fiscal 2008. We design, source and market our products on a brand-by-brand basis targeting distinct consumer demographics and lifestyle preferences. For example, our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands target affluent customers, while our Billy London brand and many of our private labels focus on more value-oriented customers.
 
By Product.  Across our brand portfolio, we offer a broad range of apparel and related products at various price points. We believe our portfolio is well-balanced among dress and casual styles; tops and bottoms, swimwear and outerwear classifications; and knits, wovens and other fabrications. While menswear, which we believe carries less fashion risk and is more stable than other apparel categories, comprises the majority of our net sales, we are developing a growing womenswear business.
 
By Channel.  We market our products through all major retail distribution channels, making our products accessible to customers wherever they prefer to shop. During fiscal 2008, 73% of our net sales were to wholesale customers and 27% were direct-to-consumer sales. We distribute our products through more than 20,000 doors at more than 7,000 wholesale customers, including national chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalogs and Internet retailers. Sales to our five largest customers accounted for approximately 45% of our total wholesale sales in fiscal 2008. We also operate retail stores, restaurants and/or e-commerce websites for our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands. As of May 2, 2009, there were 102 Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman stores.
 
Longstanding Relationships with Leading Retailers.  We have strong relationships with leading retailers across all major distribution channels. These longstanding relationships enhance our ability to maximize the selling space dedicated to our products, monitor our product presentation and merchandise selection and introduce new products and brands. We have developed and maintained longstanding relationships with our key wholesale customers, including Macy’s, Nordstrom, Sears and JCPenney. Through our private label business, we design and source apparel for highly recognizable brands at leading retailers, including Sears, JCPenney, Target, Costco, Men’s Wearhouse and Wal-Mart. We have partnered with most of these wholesale and private label customers for over 30 years.
 
Significant Cash Flow Generation.  We manage our business and make investment decisions using a return on invested capital framework with strict criteria. Our business model has historically generated solid cash flow due to our disciplined approach, modest capital requirements and strong brands and retail relationships. In fiscal 2008, the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007, we generated approximately $69.6 million, $33.3 million and $28.3 million, respectively, of cash from operating activities net of capital expenditures. In fiscal 2008, we enhanced our cash flow by decreasing our overhead expenses, aggressively managing our inventories and moderating our capital expenditures for new stores.
 
Well-Established, Cost-Effective Sourcing Capabilities.  We source over 95% of our products from third-parties primarily in Asia. We have operated our buying office in Hong Kong since 1974, over which time we have developed and maintained longstanding relationships with many suppliers. Our in-house, local sourcing expertise and well-established network of relationships across many countries allow us to quickly allocate our production among countries and vendors to respond to economic, competitive and regulatory challenges; optimize our costs; and control product quality. In fiscal 2008, we sourced a majority of our products from manufacturers in China, Indonesia, Bangladesh and India.
 
Experienced Retail and Apparel Management Team.  We have a strong and dedicated management team that has substantial operating experience. Our senior management has an average of approximately 30 years of experience in the apparel industry and approximately 19 years average tenure at Oxford. The management team is led by Chief Executive Officer J. Hicks Lanier, whose family founded our company in 1942.


3


Table of Contents

Business Strategy
 
Our strategic objective is to become one of the world’s leading diversified purveyors of strong lifestyle brands. We intend to realize this objective through the following strategies:
 
Further Develop our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman Lifestyle Brands.  We intend to continue to enhance consumers’ recognition of and loyalty to our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands by increasing our retail store base, growing our womenswear offerings, expanding internationally and further developing our e-commerce presence and licensing programs. We believe that our retail stores help to strengthen our brands by presenting our full product lines, providing high visibility in an environment we control and enabling us to understand the needs and preferences of our consumers. We believe there are significant opportunities over the long-term to continue to open stores for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman and expand our retail footprint. Womenswear is a much larger category than menswear, and we believe it presents a significant growth opportunity for both of our lifestyle brands, which are currently focused primarily on men’s apparel. We also have the opportunity to increase our brands’ international presence. In fiscal 2008, Tommy Bahama generated substantially all of its sales in the United States, and Ben Sherman generated 60% of its sales in the United Kingdom.
 
Increase Cash Returns from Our Legacy Operating Groups.  Over the past few years, we have rationalized our legacy operating groups, which currently consist of Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel. Specific actions have included selling our private label Womenswear Group, exiting certain underperforming lines of business and resizing our overhead structure. We believe that these initiatives have resulted in smaller but more cash generative businesses and have freed working capital to be more effectively deployed. Since our restructuring of Oxford Apparel starting approximately three years ago, we have enjoyed a growing operating margin on a smaller sales base that requires less capital investment. For example, sales declined from $353 million in fiscal 2006 to $257 million in fiscal 2008 while operating margin grew from 4.1% to 4.5% over the same period. Following our restructuring of Lanier Clothes which commenced during the second quarter of fiscal 2008, we have earned operating income in each of the past three quarters as compared to operating losses in several preceding periods. For example, we earned an operating margin of 8.7% in our first quarter of fiscal 2009 as compared to -0.1% in our first quarter of fiscal 2008. We intend to continually monitor and rationalize underperforming lines that do not meet our return on invested capital goals so that we can optimize cash returns.
 
Enhance Operating Discipline and Control.  We intend to continue to aggressively manage inventories, overhead expenses and capital expenditures to optimize our profitability and cash flow as well as maintain a healthy balance sheet and liquidity. Our stated cost savings plan for fiscal 2009 is a $40 million reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) compared to fiscal 2008. In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, our SG&A was more than $20 million less than our SG&A in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. In addition, in the first quarter of fiscal 2009, our SG&A as a percentage of sales declined 20 basis points despite a 20.6% decline in sales compared to the first quarter of fiscal 2008.
 
Selectively Pursue Complementary Lifestyle Brand Acquisitions.  We expect to continue to selectively pursue acquisitions of lifestyle brands that we believe fit our business model. We believe that our success with Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman validates our ability to successfully integrate strategic acquisitions and operate acquired brands. While we are currently focused on controlling costs and balance sheet management, we intend to continue to pursue acquisitions in a disciplined and opportunistic manner, most likely when conditions in our markets improve.


4


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer
 
The following summary contains basic information about the exchange offer and is not intended to be complete. For a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, please refer to the section entitled “The Exchange Offer.”
 
The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of the new notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of the old notes, which have not been registered under the Securities Act. We issued the old notes on June 30, 2009.
 
In order to exchange your old notes, you must promptly tender them before the expiration date (as described herein). All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue the new notes on or promptly after the expiration date.
 
You may tender your old notes for exchange in whole or in part in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
Registration Rights Agreement We sold the old notes on June 30, 2009 to Banc of America Securities LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, BB&T Capital Markets, a Division of Scott & Stringfellow LLC, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and PNC Capital Markets LLC, the initial purchasers. Simultaneously with that sale, we signed a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers relating to the old notes that requires us to conduct this exchange offer (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).
 
Subject to certain limitations, you have the right under the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange your old notes for new notes. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy such right. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your old notes.
 
For a description of the procedures for tendering old notes, see “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.”
 
Consequences of Failure to Exchange If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, you will still have the restrictions on transfer provided in the old notes and in the indenture that governs both the old notes and the new notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act, or in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not plan to register the old notes under the Securities Act. See “Risk Factors — Holders that do not exchange their old notes hold restricted securities.”
 
Expiration Date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on       , 2009, (which is the 20th business day following the date of this prospectus), unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion. In that case, the expiration date will be the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer.


5


Table of Contents

See “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date,” “The Exchange Offer — Extensions” and “The Exchange Offer — Amendments.”
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, some of which we may waive. For more information, see “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes If you hold old notes through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC. See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.” If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.
 
By accepting the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:
 
•  any new notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
 
• you are not engaging in or intending to engage in a distribution of the new notes and you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in the distribution of the new notes;
 
• if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of the new notes; and
 
• you are not our “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or, if you are an affiliate, you will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
 
Withdrawal Rights You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time before the expiration date. To do this, you should deliver a written notice of your withdrawal to the exchange agent according to the withdrawal procedures described in the section “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”
 
Exchange Agent The exchange agent for the exchange offer is U.S. Bank National Association. The address, telephone number and facsimile number of the exchange agent are provided in the section “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent,” as well as in the letter of transmittal.
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. See the section “Use of Proceeds.”
 
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences
Your participation in the exchange offer generally will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. You will not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income as a result of the exchange. See the section “U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer.”


6


Table of Contents

 
Summary Description of the New Notes
 
The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. The terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the old notes, except that the registration rights and related liquidated damages provisions and the transfer restrictions applicable to the old notes are not applicable to the new notes. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be governed by the same indenture. Please read the section entitled “Description of the Notes” in this prospectus, which contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the new notes.
 
Issuer Oxford Industries, Inc.
 
Notes Offered $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes.
 
Maturity Date July 15, 2015.
 
Interest Payment Dates January 15 and July 15, commencing January 15, 2010.
 
Subsidiary Guarantees Each of our domestic subsidiaries that on June 30, 2009 was a borrower or guaranteed obligations under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2008, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (our “domestic revolving credit facility”) will guarantee the new notes. The new notes will be guaranteed following the issue date by certain additional domestic restricted subsidiaries. See “Description of the Notes — Additional Guarantees.” Oxford and the guarantors generated approximately 89% of our consolidated revenues for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009 and held approximately 81% of our consolidated assets as of January 31, 2009.
 
Ranking The new notes and the guarantees will be senior secured obligations of Oxford Industries, Inc. and the guarantors secured to the extent described below. The new notes and the guarantees will rank:
 
• pari passu with any senior indebtedness of Oxford and the guarantors (except to the extent of the value of the collateral);
 
• senior to any indebtedness of Oxford and the guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the new notes and the guarantees;
 
• effectively senior to any unsecured indebtedness or indebtedness with a junior lien to the lien securing the new notes and the guarantees to the extent of the value of the collateral for the new notes and the guarantees;
 
• effectively junior to any secured indebtedness which is either secured by assets that are not collateral for the new notes and the guarantees or which are secured by a prior lien in the collateral for the new notes and the guarantees, in each case, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness;


7


Table of Contents

 
• effectively junior to our and the guarantors’ obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility to the extent our and the guarantors’ assets secure such obligations on a first-priority basis; and
 
• effectively junior to all obligations of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors.
 
Security The new notes and the guarantees will be secured on a first-priority basis, subject to certain permitted liens, by a lien on the U.S. registered trademarks and certain related rights owned by us and the guarantors and on certain owned real property acquired by us and the guarantors following the issue date of the old notes (which will secure our and the guarantors’ obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility on a second-priority basis) and by a second-priority security interest in our assets and the guarantors’ assets that secure our domestic revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis including, subject to certain limitations, present and future receivables, inventory, general intangibles, equipment, investment property, stock of subsidiaries, and certain other assets and proceeds relating thereto. See “Description of the Notes — Security.”
 
Optional Redemption On or after July 15, 2012, we may redeem some or all of the new notes at any time at the redemption prices, together with accrued and unpaid interest, specified under “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Before July 15, 2012, we may redeem some or all of the new notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of each new note to be redeemed plus a make-whole premium described in “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.
 
In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2012, we may redeem up to 35% of the new notes with the net cash proceeds from specified equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 111.375% of the principal amount of each new note to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
 
Change of Control Upon a change of control (as defined in “Description of the Notes — Certain Definitions”), we must offer to repurchase the new notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest to the purchase date.
 
Certain Covenants The indenture governing the new notes contains certain covenants, including limitations and restrictions on our ability to:
 
• incur additional indebtedness;
 
• make dividend payments or other restricted payments;
 
• create liens;
 
• sell assets;
 
• sell securities of our subsidiaries;


8


Table of Contents

 
• enter into certain types of transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and
 
• enter into mergers, consolidations, or sales of all or substantially all of our assets.
 
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described in “Description of the Notes — Certain Covenants.”
 
Risk Factors Potential investors in the new notes should carefully consider the matters set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” prior to making an investment decision with respect to the new notes.
 
 
Oxford Industries, Inc. was founded in 1942 as a Georgia corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308, and our telephone number is (404) 659-2424.


9


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
 
The following summary consolidated financial and other data as of the end of and for fiscal 2006, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. The summary consolidated financial and other data as of the end of and for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 and the first quarter of fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the data as of the dates and for those periods presented. Our results of operations for the first quarter of fiscal 2009 may not be indicative of results that may be expected for the full year. The data below reflects the divestiture of substantially all of the assets of our Womenswear Group operations in fiscal 2006, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The totals in the table below may not add due to rounding. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, each contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2008 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of fiscal 2009 and incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
                                                 
                      Fiscal
             
    Fiscal Year
    12 Months
    Year
    First Quarter
 
    Ended     Ended     Ended     Ended  
    June 2,
    June 1,
    February 2,
    January 31,
    May 3,
    May 2,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2009     2008     2009  
    (In millions)  
                (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                               
Net sales
  $ 1,109.1     $ 1,128.9     $ 1,085.3     $ 947.5     $ 272.9     $ 216.7  
Cost of goods sold
    677.4       681.1       647.4       551.0       156.6       127.0  
                                                 
Gross profit
    431.7       447.8       437.8       396.5       116.3       89.8  
SG&A
    339.1       357.0       366.5       358.1       99.6       78.7  
Amortization of intangible assets
    7.6       6.4       5.4       2.9       0.8       0.3  
Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and joint venture investment
                      314.8              
Royalties and other operating income
    13.1       16.5       19.8       17.3       4.2       2.5  
                                                 
Operating income (loss)
    98.1       100.8       85.7       (262.0 )     20.1       13.2  
Gain on repurchase of Senior Unsecured Notes
                      7.8              
Interest expense, net
    24.0       22.2       22.4       23.7       6.3       4.6  
                                                 
Earnings before income taxes
    74.1       78.6       63.3       (278.0 )     13.7       8.7  
Income taxes (benefit)
    22.9       26.3       17.9       (12.1 )     4.2       2.2  
                                                 
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 51.2     $ 52.3     $ 45.4     $ (265.8 )   $ 9.5     $ 6.5  
                                                 
Other Financial Data:
                                               
Cash interest expense
  $ 21.7     $ 20.2     $ 20.5     $ 21.0     $ 5.7     $ 4.2  
Capital expenditures
    25.0       31.3       33.7       20.7       8.7       3.8  
Depreciation
    15.1       16.7       19.0       22.0       4.8       4.6  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    81.0       59.6       67.0       90.4       36.2       2.5  
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 10.5     $ 36.9     $ 14.9     $ 3.3     $ 6.1     $ 8.4  
Total assets
    885.6       908.7       910.3       473.5       884.7       467.9  
Total debt, including current maturities
    200.2       199.7       272.3       199.3       239.1       207.0  
Shareholders’ equity
    398.7       454.1       407.5       93.1       415.0       100.3  


10


Table of Contents

 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
The following table presents our ratio of earnings to fixed charges. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated as earnings before income taxes, plus fixed charges, net of capitalized interest, divided by fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest costs incurred and estimated interest within rental expense. Fixed charges include the 87/8% Notes, which we repurchased or otherwise discharged upon consummation of the offering of the old notes, and are not adjusted to give effect to the offering of the old notes.
 
                                                                         
                            Eight
                         
                            Month
                         
                            Transition
    Twelve
                   
                            Period
    Months
    Fiscal Year
             
    Fiscal Year Ended     Ended     Ended     Ended     First Quarter Ended  
    May 28,
    June 3,
    June 2,
    June 1,
    February 2,
    February 2,
    January 31,
    May 3,
    May 2,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009     2008     2009  
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(a)
    2.7x       2.9x       3.2x       3.5x       2.2x       2.9x             2.5x       2.2x  
 
 
(a) The ratio coverage for fiscal 2008 was less than 1.0x. The coverage deficiency was approximately $277 million for this period. Earnings before income taxes for this period was impacted by impairment charges totaling $314.8 million relating to goodwill, intangible assets and investment in a joint venture.


11


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in the new notes involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, prospective investors should carefully consider the following risks before investing in the new notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected, which, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to pay interest and principal on the new notes. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus.
 
General Business Risks
 
Our business is and will continue to be heavily influenced by economic trends and general economic conditions, as evidenced by the impact of the current global economic crisis on our business. Economic conditions may continue to adversely affect our sales, increase our cost of goods sold or require us to significantly modify our business practices.
 
The recent deterioration of the general economic environment, distress in the financial markets and general uncertainty about the economy are having a significant negative impact on businesses and consumers around the world, including our own business.
 
The global economic crisis has had, and is continuing to have, an adverse impact on retail sales of apparel and other consumer products. Reduced sales by our wholesale customers may lead to lower retail inventory levels, reduced orders from us and/or order cancellations. Reduced sales by these customers, along with the possibility of their reduced access to, or inability to access, the credit markets, may result in our customers experiencing significant financial difficulties. Financial difficulties of customers could result in reduced sales to those customers or could result in store closures, bankruptcies or liquidations by those customers. Higher credit risk relating to receivables from customers experiencing financial difficulty may result. If these developments occur, our inability to shift sales to other customers or to collect on our accounts receivable could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, credit markets have experienced significant disruptions and certain leading financial institutions have either declared bankruptcy or have shown significant deterioration in their financial stability. Further deterioration in the financial markets could make future financing difficult or more expensive.
 
These or any other significant changes in the operations or liquidity for any of the parties with which we conduct our business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others, now or in the future, or in the access to capital markets for us or any such parties, could result in lower demand for our products, lower sales, higher costs or other disruptions in our business.
 
A significant portion of our revenues are direct-to-consumer through retail stores, restaurants and Internet websites. Reduced consumer confidence, along with a reduction in the availability of consumer credit and increasing unemployment, may lead to reduced purchases of our products at our retail stores, restaurants and Internet websites. This could have a negative impact on the demand for our products and reduce our operating leverage.
 
Additionally, during economic periods such as the current conditions, certain long term commitments, such as leases and license agreements, may not be as beneficial in the short-term as was desired when we initially entered into the agreements. Lease agreements and license agreements often require certain minimum payments which do not fluctuate with sales. Our ability to reduce these costs may be minimal, even if we determine to no longer utilize the retail space or trademark over a portion of the term of the agreement, as the other party may not be willing to renegotiate the agreement. These long-term agreements may result in higher costs as a percentage of sales than we originally anticipated or we realized in prior years and thus negatively impact our operating results in future periods.


12


Table of Contents

We are unsure of the duration and severity of this economic crisis. However, if the crisis persists or worsens and economic conditions remain weak over a long period, the likelihood of the crisis having an even more significant impact on our business increases.
 
Beyond the current economic crisis, the apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, the apparel industry tends to experience longer periods of recession and generally experiences greater declines than the general economy. Overall economic conditions that affect discretionary consumer spending include, but are not limited to, employment levels, recessions, energy costs, interest rates, tax rates, personal debt levels, housing prices and stock market volatility. Uncertainty about the future may also impact the level of discretionary consumer spending or result in shifts in consumer spending to products other than apparel. Any deterioration in general economic or political conditions, acts of war or terrorism or other factors that create uncertainty or alter the discretionary consumer habits in our key markets, particularly the United States and the United Kingdom, could reduce our sales, increase our costs of goods sold or require us to significantly modify our current business practices and, consequently, harm our results of operations. These and other events that impact our operating results could also result in adverse consequences to our business, such as our failure to satisfy financial covenants under our debt instruments or our inability to continue to meet minimum sales thresholds to certain of our licensors.
 
We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.
 
Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in acquisitions and working capital and divestitures. As of June 30, 2009, we had $150.0 million of outstanding old notes, approximately $32.0 million of outstanding borrowings under our domestic revolving credit facility and $10.1 million of outstanding borrowings under our £12 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (our “U.K. revolving credit facility”). Our debt levels may increase in the future under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements in the future may change, which may increase our exposure to the items discussed below.
 
Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations related to additional debt, dividend payments, investments and dispositions of assets. Our ability to satisfy these obligations will be dependent upon our business, financial condition and operating results. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.
 
In August 2008, we entered into our domestic revolving credit facility. Our domestic revolving credit facility amended and restated our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 28, 2004, as previously amended (our “prior domestic revolving credit facility”), among Oxford Industries, Inc., certain of our domestic subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors, certain financial institutions party thereto as lenders, certain financial institutions party thereto as the issuing banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent, which was scheduled to mature in July 2009. Our domestic revolving credit facility matures in August 2013. Our domestic revolving credit facility is an asset-based facility, with borrowing availability determined primarily by the level of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory balances. We currently anticipate that cash flows from operations and the projected borrowing availability under our domestic revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our liquidity requirements. However, if we do not have a sufficient borrowing base at any given time, borrowing availability under our domestic revolving credit facility may not be sufficient to support our liquidity needs. Additionally, if any of the financial institutions that are parties to our domestic revolving credit facility were to declare bankruptcy or become insolvent, they may be unable to perform under their agreements with us. This could leave us with reduced borrowing capacity.
 
We have interest rate risk on a portion of our indebtedness, as certain of our indebtedness is based on variable interest rates. We generally do not engage in hedging activities with respect to our interest rate risk.


13


Table of Contents

An increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds from operations towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.
 
The apparel industry is highly competitive, and we face significant competitive threats to our business from various third parties that could reduce our sales, increase our costs, result in reduced price points for our products and/or result in decreased margins.
 
The apparel industry is highly competitive. Our competitors include numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors, and retailers, some of which may also be our customers and some of whom are significantly larger and have significantly greater financial resources than we do. The level and nature of our competition varies, and the number of our direct competitors and the intensity of competition may increase as we expand into other markets or product lines or as other companies expand into our markets or product lines. Some of our competitors may be able to adapt to changes in consumer demand more quickly, to devote greater resources to establishing brand recognition or to adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can. Additionally, as a result of the current economic conditions, certain of our competitors are offering apparel for sale at significant discounts, which results in more pressure to reduce prices or the risk that our products may not be as desirable as lower priced products. In addition, with respect to certain of our businesses, retailers that are our customers may pose a significant competitive threat by sourcing their products directly or by marketing their own private label brands. These private label lines may also receive prominent positioning on the retail floor by department stores. These competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.
 
Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.
 
In light of the current economic crisis, we believe we have planned inventory purchases for fiscal 2009 conservatively. However, if the crisis persists or worsens and economic conditions remain weak over a long period, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered in advance from manufacturers or that we have in our inventory. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, as economic conditions improve, we may not be in a position to order quality products from our manufacturers in a timely manner and/or we may experience inventory shortages, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost revenues, any of which could harm our business.
 
Our success depends on the reputation and value of our owned and licensed brand names, including, in particular, Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, and actions by us, our wholesale customers or others who have interests in our brands could diminish the reputation or value of our brands and adversely affect our business operations.
 
The success of our business depends on the reputation and value of our owned and licensed brand names. The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us, for instance by becoming overly promotional, our wholesale customers or others who have interests in the brands. We cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties who have an interest in our brands, and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing efforts or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales and business operations.
 
We rely on our licensing partners to preserve the value of our brands and as a source of royalty income.
 
Certain of our brands, such as Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, have a reputation of outstanding quality and name recognition that makes the brands valuable as a source of royalty income. During fiscal 2008, we recognized approximately $15.6 million of royalty income. While we take significant steps to ensure the reputation of our brands is maintained through our license agreements, there can be no guarantee our


14


Table of Contents

brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee may not only result in a decrease in the sales of our licensee’s products but also could significantly impact the perception of our brands.
 
The apparel industry is subject to rapidly evolving fashion trends, and we must continuously offer innovative and market appropriate products to maintain and grow our existing businesses. Failure to offer innovative and market appropriate products may adversely affect our sales and lead to excess inventory, markdowns and/or dilution of our brands.
 
We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are design, brand image, consumer preference, price, quality, marketing and customer service. Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry in general is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands. Accordingly, we must anticipate, identify and capitalize upon emerging fashion trends. We believe that our success depends on our ability to continuously develop, source, market and deliver a wide variety of innovative, fashionable and desirable brands and products. These products must be offered at appropriate price points in their respective distribution channels. Sales growth from our brands will depend largely upon our ability to continue to maintain and enhance the distinctive brand identities.
 
Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumers’ preferences, fashion trends and changes in consumer demographics. As is typical with new products, market acceptance of new price points, designs and products is subject to uncertainty. The introduction or repositioning of new lines and products often requires substantial costs in design, marketing and advertising, which may not be recovered if the products are not successful. Any failure on our part to develop appealing products and update core products could result in lower sales and/or harm the reputation and desirability of our products. Additionally, since we generally make decisions regarding product designs several months in advance of the time when consumer acceptance can be measured, such a failure could leave us with a substantial amount of unsold excess inventory, which we may be forced to sell at lower price points. Any of these factors could result in a deterioration of the appeal of our brands and products, adversely affecting our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.
 
Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in the apparel industry. Our success depends, to a significant extent, upon the continued services of our senior management, as well as our ability to attract, hire, motivate and retain additional talented and highly qualified management in the future, including in the areas of design, merchandising, sales, marketing and production, as well as our ability to hire and train qualified retail management and associates. Our success depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies which may have greater financial resources. In addition, we will need to plan for the succession of our senior management and successfully integrate new members of management within our organization.
 
The unexpected loss of J. Hicks Lanier, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, or any of our other senior management, could materially affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.
 


15


Table of Contents

We depend on a group of key customers for a significant portion of our wholesale sales. A significant adverse change in a customer relationship or in a customer’s financial position could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
 
We generate a significant percentage of our sales from a few major customers. During fiscal 2008, sales to our five largest customers accounted for approximately 45% of our total wholesale sales and sales to our largest wholesale customer represented approximately 15% of our wholesale sales. In addition, the net sales of our individual operating groups may be concentrated among several large customers. Continued consolidation in the retail industry could result in a decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers’ operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, potentially resulting in lower prices, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
 
We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more major customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.
 
In addition, due to long product lead times, several of our product lines are designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for fabric and production in connection with these lines. These commitments can be made up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our fabric and production commitments and dispose of excess inventories.
 
We also extend credit to several of our key customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. During the past several years, particularly in light of the current economic crisis, companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, have had financial difficulties and are currently experiencing tightened credit markets and declining sales and profitability on a comparable store basis. If one or more of our key customers experiences significant problems in the future, including as a result of general weakness in the apparel industry, our sales may be reduced, and the risk associated with extending credit to these customers may increase. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous shipments to that customer. These or other events related to our significant customers could adversely affect our net sales and profitability.
 
Our concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.
 
Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida, California, Hawaii, Arizona and Nevada, for our Tommy Bahama retail stores and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores. As of May 2, 2009, 53 of our Tommy Bahama retail stores were located in these U.S. states and five of our Ben Sherman full price retail stores were located in the United Kingdom. Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations for these brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.


16


Table of Contents

Our foreign sourcing operations as well as the sale of products in foreign markets result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. Substantially all of our orders to have goods produced in foreign countries are denominated in U.S. dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, either of which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. If the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers that produce our products by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.
 
We received U.S. dollars for greater than 85% of our product sales during fiscal 2008. The sales denominated in foreign currencies primarily relate to Ben Sherman sales in the United Kingdom and Europe. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to these other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. We generally do not engage in hedging activities with respect to our exposure to foreign currency risk except that, on occasion, we do purchase foreign currency forward exchange contracts for our goods purchased on U.S. dollar terms that are expected to be sold in the United Kingdom and Europe.
 
We are dependent upon the availability of raw materials and the ability of our third-party producers, substantially all of whom are located in foreign countries, to meet our requirements; any failures by these producers to meet our requirements, or the unavailability of suitable producers or raw materials at reasonable prices may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis or result in higher costs or reduced net sales.
 
We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third-party producers located in foreign countries. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term contracts but, instead, conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We regularly depend upon the ability of third-party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. Although we monitor production in third-party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, which may, in turn, have a negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.
 
Most of the products we purchase from third-party producers are package purchases, and we and our third-party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. The price and availability of certain raw materials have fluctuated in the past, and may fluctuate in the future, depending on a variety of factors, including crop yields, weather, supply conditions, government regulation, war, terrorism, labor unrest, global health concerns, economic climate, the cost of petroleum and other unpredictable factors. Additionally, costs of our third-party providers or our transportation costs may increase due to these same factors. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices. Any significant increase in the price of raw materials or decrease in the availability of raw materials could cause delays in


17


Table of Contents

product deliveries to our customers, which could have an adverse impact on our customer relationships and/or increase our costs, some or all of which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.
 
We also require third-party producers to meet certain standards in terms of working conditions, environmental protection and other matters before placing business with them. As a result of costs relating to compliance with these standards, we may pay higher prices than some of our competitors for products. In addition, the labor and business practices of independent apparel manufacturers have received increased attention from the media, non-governmental organizations, consumers and governmental agencies in recent years. Failure by us or our independent manufacturers to adhere to labor or other laws or business practices accepted as ethical, and the potential litigation, negative publicity and political pressure relating to any of these events, could disrupt our operations or harm our reputation.
 
Since we source substantially all of our products from third-party producers located in foreign countries, our business is subject to legal, regulatory, political and economic risks, including risks relating to the importation of our products, and our products may become less competitive as a result of adverse changes affecting our international operations.
 
As we source substantially all of our products from foreign countries, including approximately 50% of our product purchases from China during fiscal 2008, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate.
 
Some of the risks associated with importing our products from foreign countries include quotas, imposed by countries in which our products are manufactured or countries into which our products are imported, which limit the amount and type of goods that may be imported annually from or into these countries; changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes or other charges and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such charges; significant fluctuations in the cost of raw materials; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security considerations; rapid fluctuations in sourcing costs, including costs for raw materials and labor; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries.
 
We currently benefit from duty-free treatment under international trade agreements and regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement. In addition, China’s safeguard quota on certain classes of apparel products expired on December 31, 2008, and the United States and China have not finalized a new quota arrangement, if any, for periods after 2008. The imposition of a new quota arrangement between the United States and China or the elimination of duty-free treatment or our inability to qualify for such benefits would adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold.
 
Our products are subject to increasingly stringent and complex product performance and safety standards, laws and other regulations. With the passage of the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, there are new requirements mandated for the textile and apparel industries. These requirements relate to all apparel currently regulated under the Consumer Product Safety Commission, or CPSC, and also include new requirements that relate to metal and painted trim items and certain other raw materials used in children’s age 12 and under apparel. These requirements could result in greater expense associated with compliance efforts and failure to comply with such regulations could result in a delay, non-delivery or mandated destruction of inventory shipments during key seasons or other financial penalties. While we are continuing to monitor the situation and intend to abide by the rules and changes made by the CPSC, significant or continuing noncompliance with such standards and laws could harm our reputation, our business relationships or our ability to execute our strategies.
 
Our, or any of our suppliers’, failure to comply with customs or similar laws or any other applicable regulations could restrict our ability to import products or lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity, and future regulatory actions or trade agreements may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or materially increase our costs.


18


Table of Contents

Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure in our information technology systems may impair our ability to compete effectively in the apparel industry, including our ability to provide services to our customers and meet the needs of management.
 
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations from design to distribution and as a method of communication with our customers and suppliers. Additionally, certain of our operating groups utilize e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our systems and e-commerce websites. In connection with our periodic assessment of the appropriateness and relevance of our financial and operational systems, we commenced implementation of a new integrated financial system in fiscal 2008. Additionally, future assessments could result in a change to or replacement of our systems in the future. There can be no assurances that we will be successful in developing or acquiring competitive systems, including an integrated financial system, which are responsive to our needs and the needs of our customers. Any interruption or other failure of critical business information systems, including an interruption or failure caused by our inability to successfully upgrade, change or implement our financial or operational systems, could cause difficulties in operating our business and communicating with our customers or our ability to report our financial results, which could cause our sales and profits to decrease and could also require significant expenditures to remediate any such difficulties.
 
We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property or may otherwise have our brand names harmed.
 
We believe that our registered and common law trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as other contractual arrangements, including licenses and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. Approximately 68% of our net sales in fiscal 2008 was attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.
 
Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. Although we have not been materially inhibited from selling products in connection with trademark disputes, as we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of our marketing, we could become subject to litigation based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of our management and other resources.
 
Our sales and operating results are influenced by weather patterns and natural disasters.
 
Like other companies in the apparel industry, our sales volume may be adversely affected by unseasonable weather conditions or natural disasters, which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business and the concentration of a significant proportion of our customers in certain geographic regions, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.


19


Table of Contents

We hold licenses for the use of other parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.
 
We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, such as Kenneth Cole, Dockers, United States Polo Association, Geoffrey Beene and Evisu, to market our products. Approximately 10% of our net sales during fiscal 2008 related to the products for which we license the use of the trademark for specific product categories. These license and design agreements will expire at various dates in the future. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other popular trademarks. For example, during fiscal 2008, we decided to exit license agreements relating to the Nautica®, O Oscartm and Tommy Hilfiger® brands. The termination or expiration of a license agreement will cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license and in certain cases could result in an impairment charge for related intangible assets.
 
In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.
 
We are dependent on a limited number of distribution centers, making our operations particularly susceptible to disruption.
 
Our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of our primary distribution facilities, some of which are owned and others of which are operated by third parties. Finished garments from our contractors are inspected and stored at these distribution facilities. If any of these distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products during the time it takes to reopen or replace the facility. This could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.
 
We may not be successful in identifying locations and negotiating appropriate lease terms for retail stores and restaurants.
 
An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our brands. Net sales from retail stores and restaurants were approximately 26% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2008. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on the overall ability of the retail location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make store sales volume profitable. If we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level, retail growth may consequently be limited. Further, if existing retail stores and restaurants do not maintain a sufficient customer base that provides a reasonable sales volume, it could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin, and results of operations.
 
Our restaurant operations may be negatively impacted by regulatory issues or by health, safety, labor and similar operational issues, or by publicity surrounding any of these issues.
 
The restaurant industry is highly competitive and requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne


20


Table of Contents

illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations. Regardless of whether allegations related to these matters are valid or whether we become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to one restaurant may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.
 
The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.
 
One component of our business strategy is the acquisition of new businesses or product lines as and when appropriate investment opportunities are available. Our sales growth may be limited if we are unable to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future, if we do not have the financial resources available to us in order to successfully consummate a desired acquisition, if we are unsuccessful in integrating any acquired businesses in a timely manner or if the acquisitions do not achieve the anticipated results. Evaluating and completing acquisitions in the future may strain our administrative, operational and financial resources and distract our management from our ongoing businesses.
 
In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.
 
As a result of acquisitions that have occurred or may occur in the future, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed to discover in the course of performing due diligence in connection with the acquired businesses. We cannot be assured that any indemnification to which we may be entitled from the sellers will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business acquired.
 
Divestitures of certain businesses or discontinuations of certain product lines may require us to find alternative uses for our resources.
 
We may determine in the near future that it is appropriate to divest or discontinue certain operations, as we did in fiscal 2006 when we divested our Womenswear Group operations and as we have, more recently, in exiting certain product categories in our Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel operating groups. Divestitures of certain businesses that do not align with our strategy or the discontinuation of certain product lines which may not provide the returns that we expect or desire may result in underutilization of our resources in the event that the operations are not replaced with new lines of business either internally or through acquisition. There can be no guarantee that if we divest certain businesses or discontinue certain product lines that we will be able to replace the sales and profits related to these businesses or appropriately utilize our remaining resources, which may result in a decline in our operating results.
 
We operate in various countries with differing laws and regulations, which may impair our ability to maintain compliance with regulations and laws.
 
Although we attempt to abide by the laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate, the complexity of the laws and regulations to which we are subject, including customs regulations, labor laws, competition laws, consumer protection laws and domestic and international tax legislation, makes it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently, or will be in the future, compliant with all laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations may increase our costs and materially limit our ability to operate our business.


21


Table of Contents

Compliance with privacy and information laws and requirements could be costly, and a breach of information security or privacy could adversely affect our business.
 
The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex. Privacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them may require us to incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes. If a data security breach occurs, our reputation could be damaged and we could experience lost sales, fines or lawsuits.
 
Risks Related to the New Notes
 
In addition to the factors above relating generally to risks associated with our business (and, therefore, to any investment in us), you should also consider the following factors that represent special risks associated with an investment in the new notes.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the new notes.
 
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of June 30, 2009, we had $192.1 million of indebtedness outstanding. The old notes have and the new notes will have a higher interest rate than the 87/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (the “87/8% Notes”) that were repurchased or redeemed with the proceeds from the offering of the old notes, which has increased our interest expense following the offering of the old notes.
 
Our substantial amount of indebtedness could have important consequences for you. For example, it could:
 
  •  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the new notes;
 
  •  limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to sell assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for operations, future business opportunities or other purposes, such as funding our working capital and capital expenditures;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the business and industry in which we operate;
 
  •  limit our ability to service our indebtedness, including the new notes;
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any less leveraged competitors; and
 
  •  prevent us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all new notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, which would constitute a default under the indenture governing the new notes.
 
The occurrence of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects or ability to satisfy our obligations under the new notes.
 
Subject to restrictions in the indenture governing the new notes and restrictions in our domestic revolving credit facility, we may incur additional indebtedness, which could increase the risks associated with our already substantial indebtedness. The terms of the indenture will permit us to incur additional debt, including additional secured debt. If we incur any additional indebtedness secured by liens that rank equally with those securing the new notes, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us.


22


Table of Contents

Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and we may not be able to generate the cash required to service our debt.
 
Our ability to make payments on and refinance our indebtedness, including the new notes, and to fund our operations will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our historical financial results have been, and our future financial results are expected to be, subject to substantial fluctuations, and will depend upon general economic conditions and financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the new notes, before maturity, seek additional equity capital, reduce or delay scheduled expansions and capital expenditures or sell material assets or operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay our debt or refinance it on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or to fund our liquidity needs.
 
If for any reason we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we would be in default under the terms of the agreements governing our outstanding debt. If such a default were to occur, the lenders under our domestic revolving credit facility could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our domestic revolving credit facility immediately due and payable, and the lenders would not be obligated to continue to advance funds under our domestic revolving credit facility. If the amounts outstanding under these agreements are accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets will be sufficient to repay in full the money owed to the banks or to our debt holders, including holders of new notes.
 
The indenture governing the new notes and our domestic revolving credit facility contain various covenants limiting the discretion of our management in operating our business and could prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities and taking some corporate actions.
 
The indenture governing the new notes and our domestic revolving credit facility impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit or restrict, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  make restricted payments (including paying dividends on, redeeming, repurchasing or retiring our capital stock);
 
  •  make investments;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, make loans or transfer assets to us;
 
  •  engage in transactions with affiliates; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.
 
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications and, with respect to the new notes, are described under the heading “Description of the Notes — Certain Covenants” in this prospectus. In addition, our domestic revolving credit facility also requires us to maintain compliance with financial covenants. Our ability to comply with this covenant may be affected by events beyond our control, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section. A breach of any of the covenants contained in our domestic revolving credit facility including our inability to comply with the financial covenant could result in an event of default, which would allow the lenders under our domestic revolving credit facility to declare all borrowings outstanding to be due and payable, which would in turn trigger an event of default under the indenture governing the new notes. At maturity or in the event of an acceleration of payment obligations, we would likely be unable to pay our outstanding indebtedness with our cash and cash equivalents then on hand. We would, therefore, be required to seek alternative sources of funding, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, terms as favorable as our current agreements or at all, or face bankruptcy. If


23


Table of Contents

we are unable to refinance our indebtedness or find alternative means of financing our operations, we may be required to curtail our operations or take other actions that are inconsistent with our current business practices or strategy.
 
Holders of our indebtedness secured by liens ranking prior to the lien securing the new notes have rights senior to the rights of the holders of the new notes with respect to the collateral securing such other secured indebtedness.
 
Obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility are secured by a first-priority lien on accounts receivable (other than royalty payments in respect of trademark licenses), inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), general intangibles (other than trademarks, trade names and related rights), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of ours and of the guarantors. The new notes and the related guarantees will be secured by a second-priority lien in the collateral securing indebtedness under our domestic revolving credit facility. Any rights to payment and claims by the holders of the new notes will, therefore, be subject to the rights to payment or claims by our lenders under our domestic revolving credit facility with respect to distributions of such collateral. Only when our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility are satisfied in full will the proceeds of certain assets be available to repay the new notes.
 
Certain assets are excluded from the collateral.
 
Certain assets are excluded from the collateral securing the new notes as described under “Description of the Notes — Security” including the following:
 
  •  any trademarks not registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office;
 
  •  any trademarks not owned by Oxford Industries, Inc. or the guarantors (including the Ben Sherman trademark, which is owned by a non-guarantor subsidiary);
 
  •  any capital stock or other securities of any of our subsidiaries to the extent that the pledge of that capital stock or other securities results in our being required to file separate financial statements of such subsidiary with the SEC, as described in more detail in the next risk factor;
 
  •  any capital stock of any of our first-tier foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65% of the voting stock of those first-tier foreign subsidiaries, any capital stock of any other foreign subsidiaries and any assets of foreign subsidiaries;
 
  •  real property (other than certain real property owned in fee simple acquired by us after the issue date of the old notes); and
 
  •  items as to which a security interest cannot be granted without violating contract rights or applicable law and certain licenses in which a security interest cannot be created without breach of such license or applicable law.
 
If an event of default occurs and the new notes are accelerated, the new notes will rank equally with the holders of all of our other unsubordinated and unsecured indebtedness and other liabilities with respect to such excluded assets. As a result, if the value of the security interest for the new notes and the guarantees is less than the value of the claims of the holders of the new notes, no assurance can be provided that the holders of the new notes would receive any substantial recovery from the excluded assets.
 
The pledge of the securities of our subsidiaries that secures the new notes will automatically be released for so long as that pledge would require the filing of separate financial statements with the SEC for that subsidiary.
 
The new notes are secured by a pledge of the stock and other securities of our subsidiaries held by our company or the guarantors. Under the SEC regulations in effect as of the issue date of the new notes, if the par value, book value as carried by us or market value (whichever is greatest) of the capital stock, other securities or similar items of a subsidiary pledged as part of the collateral is greater than or equal to 20% of


24


Table of Contents

the aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding, such a subsidiary would be required to provide separate financial statements to the SEC. Therefore, the indenture governing the notes and the security agreement provides that any capital stock and other securities of any of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral for so long as the pledge of such capital stock or other securities to secure the notes would cause such subsidiary to be required to file separate financial statements with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X or another similar rule. As a result, holders of the new notes could lose a portion or all of their security interest in the capital stock or other securities of those subsidiaries during that period. It may be more difficult, costly and time-consuming for holders of the new notes to foreclose on the assets of a subsidiary than to foreclose on its capital stock or other securities, so the proceeds realized upon any such foreclosure could be significantly less than those that would have been received upon any sale of the capital stock or other securities of such subsidiary.
 
The value of the new note holders’ security interest in the collateral may not be sufficient to satisfy all our obligations under the new notes.
 
Obligations under the new notes are secured (x) on a first-priority basis by a lien on the U.S. registered trademarks and certain related rights owned by us and the guarantors and on certain owned real property acquired by us and the guarantors following the issue date of the new notes and (y) on a second-priority basis by a lien on all of the assets described above securing our domestic revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis. In the event of a foreclosure on the collateral securing our domestic revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis (or a distribution in respect thereof in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding), the proceeds from such collateral securing our domestic revolving credit facility on which the new notes have a second-priority lien may not be sufficient to satisfy the new notes because such proceeds would, under the intercreditor agreement, first be applied to satisfy our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility. Only after all of our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility have been satisfied will proceeds from such collateral be applied to satisfy our obligations under the notes.
 
The value of the collateral at any time will depend on market and other economic conditions, including the availability of suitable buyers for the collateral. By its nature, some or all of the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. The value of the assets pledged as collateral for the new notes could be impaired in the future as a result of changing economic conditions, competition or other future trends. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, no assurance can be given that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the collateral securing our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the new notes, in full or at all, after first satisfying our obligations in full under our domestic revolving credit facility. There also can he no assurance that the collateral will be saleable, and, even if saleable, the timing of its liquidation would be uncertain. In addition, we may not have liens perfected on all of the collateral securing the new notes prior to the closing of this offering. Although the indenture governing the new notes contains a covenant requiring us to use commercially reasonable efforts to perfect the lien on certain of our assets promptly following the issue date of the notes, no assurance can be given that such liens will be perfected on a timely basis. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the new notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of the new notes from the sale of the collateral securing the new notes and the obligations under the new notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of our other unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations, including trade payables.
 
With respect to some of the collateral, the collateral agent’s security interest and ability to foreclose will also be limited by the need to meet certain requirements, such as obtaining third-party consents and making additional filings. If we are unable to obtain these consents or make these filings, the security interests may be invalid and the holders will not be entitled to the collateral or any recovery with respect thereto. We cannot assure you that any such required consents can be obtained on a timely basis or at all. These requirements may limit the number of potential bidders for certain collateral in any foreclosure and may delay any sale, either of which events may have an adverse effect on the sale price of the collateral. Therefore, the practical value of realizing on the collateral may, without the appropriate consents and filings, be limited.


25


Table of Contents

The appraisal of the Tommy Bahama trade name in the U.S. may not reflect the value that would be realized by holders of the Notes if the collateral agent were to foreclose on the trademark.
 
If we do not make payments of principal and interest on the new notes when due, in order to obtain such payments, the holders of the new notes may have to rely on the proceeds from the sale of, or other exercise of remedies against, the collateral securing the new notes. Those proceeds may be insufficient to cover payments due under the new notes.
 
VRC prepared an appraisal dated June 15, 2009 of the Tommy Bahama trade name in the U.S. The appraisal was based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty and the loss of income methods, among other considerations. Although the appraisal is based upon a number of estimates and assumptions that are considered reasonable by the appraiser issuing the appraisal, these estimates and assumptions are subject to significant business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control or the ability of the appraiser to accurately assess and estimate, and are based upon assumptions including estimates of future net sales, growth rates, royalty rates for trademarks and discount rates. An appraisal that is subject to different assumptions and limitations or based on different methodologies may result in valuations that are materially different from those contained in VRC’s appraisal.
 
An appraisal is only an estimate of value as of its date. An appraisal should not be relied upon as a measure of realizable value. The proceeds realized upon a sale of the Tommy Bahama trademark and certain related rights may be less than the appraised value of the trade name. The value of such trademark and certain related rights if remedies are exercised under the indenture will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers, and other factors. Accordingly, we can provide no assurance that the proceeds realized upon any such exercise of remedies would be sufficient to satisfy in full payments due under the notes.
 
Rights of holders of new notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect liens on certain collateral acquired in the future.
 
Applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent will monitor, or that we will inform the collateral agent or the administrative agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the lien on such after-acquired collateral. The collateral agent for the new notes has no obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein. Such failure may result in the loss of the practical benefits of the liens thereon or of the priority of the liens securing the new notes.
 
Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries which do not guarantee the new notes will be structurally senior and have priority over holders of the new notes with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries.
 
Our foreign subsidiaries and certain of our domestic subsidiaries will not guarantee the new notes. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries would have had $78 million in assets as of May 2, 2009 and $88 million in net sales for the twelve months ended May 2, 2009. Claims of creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors, generally will effectively rank senior and have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over our claims or those of our creditors, including holders of the new notes. As of May 2, 2009, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had $32.3 million of indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, outstanding (excluding amounts payable to us and our guarantors).
 
Fraudulent conveyance laws may permit courts to void the subsidiary guarantees of the new notes in specific circumstances, which would interfere with the payment of the subsidiary guarantees and realization upon collateral owned by the guarantors.
 
Under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, any guarantee made by any of our subsidiaries could be voided, or claims under the guarantee made by any of our


26


Table of Contents

subsidiaries could be subordinated to all other obligations of any such subsidiary, if the subsidiary, at the time it incurred the obligations under any guarantee:
 
  •  incurred the obligations with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud creditors; or
 
  •  received less than reasonably equivalent value in exchange for incurring those obligations; and
 
  (1)  was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of that incurrence;
 
  (2)  was engaged in a business or transaction for which the subsidiary’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
 
  (3)  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they mature.
 
A legal challenge to the obligations under any guarantee on fraudulent conveyance grounds could focus on any benefits received in exchange for the incurrence of those obligations. We believe that each of our subsidiaries making a guarantee received reasonably equivalent value for incurring the guarantee, but a court may disagree with our conclusion or elect to apply a different standard in making its determination.
 
The measures of insolvency for purposes of the fraudulent transfer laws vary depending on the law applied in the proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:
 
  •  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, is greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;
 
  •  the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
  •  it cannot pay its debts as they become due.
 
The intercreditor agreement in connection with the indenture governing the new notes may limit the rights of the holders of the new notes and their control with respect to the collateral securing the new notes.
 
The rights of the holders of the new notes with respect to the collateral securing our domestic revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis may be substantially limited pursuant to the terms of the intercreditor agreement. Under the intercreditor agreement, if amounts or commitments remain outstanding under our domestic revolving credit facility, actions taken in respect of collateral securing our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility on a first-priority basis, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against such collateral and to control the conduct of these proceedings, will be at the sole direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens, subject to certain limitations. As a result, the collateral agent, on behalf of the holders of the new notes, may not have the ability to control or direct these actions, even if the rights of the holders of the new notes are adversely affected. Additionally, the agent for the lenders under our domestic revolving credit facility will generally have a right to access and use the collateral securing the new notes on a first-priority basis for a period of 270 days (subject to certain extensions) following any foreclosure by the collateral agent on such collateral. See “Description of the Notes — Intercreditor Agreement.”
 
In the event of a bankruptcy, the ability of the holders of the new notes to realize upon the collateral will be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations.
 
Bankruptcy law could prevent the collateral agent, subject to the rights of the lenders under our domestic revolving credit facility, from repossessing and disposing of, or otherwise exercising remedies in respect of, the collateral upon the occurrence of an event of default if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against Oxford Industries, Inc. prior to the collateral agent having repossessed and disposed of, or otherwise exercised remedies in respect of, the collateral. Under the U.S. bankruptcy code, a secured creditor such as the


27


Table of Contents

collateral agent is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the bankruptcy code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instrument; provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to the circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral. The court may find “adequate protection” if the debtor pays cash or grants additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments with respect to the new notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the trustee could repossess or dispose of the collateral or whether or to what extent holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.”
 
In the event of a bankruptcy, holders may not have a claim with respect to original issue discount on the new notes constituting “unmatured interest” under the U.S Bankruptcy Code.
 
Under the U.S. bankruptcy code, the principal amount of each new note in excess of its issue price is treated as unmatured interest. The claim of a holder of a new note in a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the new notes with respect to this original issue discount would be limited to the portion thereof that had accreted prior to the date of the commencement of the bankruptcy case. Holders of new notes would not be entitled to receive any additional portion of the original issue discount that accreted during the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding except to the extent the new notes are oversecured by their security interest in the collateral.
 
We may be unable to repurchase the new notes upon a change of control as required by the indenture governing the new notes.
 
Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events specified in “Description of the Notes,” we must offer to repurchase all outstanding new notes. In such circumstances, we cannot assure you that we would have sufficient finds available to repay all of our senior indebtedness and any other indebtedness that would become payable upon a change of control and to repurchase all of the new notes. Our failure to purchase the new notes would be a default under the indenture governing the new notes, which would in turn trigger a default under our domestic revolving credit facility.
 
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer
 
If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes, your ability to sell your old notes will be restricted.
 
If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on your old notes. The restrictions on transfer of your old notes arise because we issued the old notes in a transaction not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer to sell the old notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from those requirements. If you are still holding any old notes after the expiration date of the exchange offer and the exchange offer has been consummated, you will not be entitled to have those old notes registered under the Securities Act or to any similar rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to limited exceptions, if applicable. After the exchange offer is completed, we will not be required, and we do not intend, to register the old notes under the Securities Act. In addition, if you do exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. To the extent old notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the old notes would be adversely affected.


28


Table of Contents

Your ability to transfer the new notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the new notes.
 
There is no established public market for the new notes. We do not intend to list the new notes on any securities exchange or automated quotation system. We cannot assure you that an active market for the new notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt, such as the new notes, has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the new notes. We cannot assure you that the market, if any, for the new notes will be free from similar disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your new notes.
 
The old notes were issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes and consequently the new notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
The old notes were issued with original issue discount in an amount equal to the excess of the stated principal amount of the notes over the issue price of the notes. Consequently, the new notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and U.S. holders will be required to include original issue discount in gross income on a constant yield to maturity basis in advance of receipt of cash payment thereof.


29


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
 
We have entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed, among other things, to:
 
  •  file a registration statement with the SEC relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for new notes;
 
  •  use our reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement relating to the exchange offer to become effective under the Securities Act; and
 
  •  use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be consummated on or before July 1, 2010.
 
The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part was filed in compliance with our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. If the exchange offer is not consummated on or before July 1, 2010, we will incur additional interest expense.
 
The new notes will have terms substantially identical to the old notes except that the new notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and registration rights and additional interest payable for the failure to consummate the exchange offer by July 1, 2010. Old notes in an aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 were issued on June 30, 2009.
 
In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, under the circumstances set forth below, we will file a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the old notes and we will use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until the earlier of the second anniversary of the original issue date of the old notes and the date all old notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold as contemplated in the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:
 
  •  if we determine, upon the advice of outside counsel, that the exchange offer is not permitted due to a change in applicable law or SEC policy;
 
  •  if for any reason the registered exchange offer is not consummated by July 1, 2010;
 
  •  if any of the initial purchasers so requests after consummation of the registered exchange offer with respect to the old notes not eligible to be exchanged for the new notes and held by it following the consummation of the exchange offer; or
 
  •  if any holder (other than the initial purchasers) is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer.
 
Each holder of old notes that wishes to exchange such old notes for transferable new notes in the exchange offer will be required to make the following representations:
 
  •  any new notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;
 
  •  it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of Securities Act) of the new notes;
 
  •  it is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of us or any guarantor; and
 
  •  if such holder is a broker-dealer, that it will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and such holder will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.
 
In addition, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of new notes and cannot rely on the


30


Table of Contents

position of the SEC staff set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Resale of New Notes
 
Based on interpretations of the SEC staff set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that new notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any exchange note holder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:
 
  •  such holder is not an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business; and
 
  •  the holder does not intend to participate in the distribution of such new notes.
 
Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes:
 
  •  cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters; and
 
  •  must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.
 
If, as stated above, a holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in “Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation” or similar interpretive letters, any effective registration statement used in connection with a secondary resale transaction must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
 
This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of new notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. Please read the section captioned “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding these procedures for the transfer of new notes. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of the new notes.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange any old notes properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will issue $2,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each $2,000 principal amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 integral multiple amount of new notes in exchange for each $1,000 integral multiple amount of old notes surrendered under the exchange offer. Old notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
The form and terms of the new notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the old notes except the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to file, and cause to become effective, a registration statement. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes. The new notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding old notes. Consequently, both series of notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the indenture.


31


Table of Contents

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.
 
As of the date of this prospectus, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.
 
We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which we refer to as the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Old notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to the old notes.
 
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered old notes when we have given oral notice (which is subsequently confirmed in writing) or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us and delivering new notes to such holders. Subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under the caption “— Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Holders who tender old notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees, or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than those transfer taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read the section labeled “— Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
 
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments
 
The exchange offer for the old notes will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2009, unless we extend it in our sole discretion.
 
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent orally or in writing of any extension. We will notify in writing or by public announcement the registered holders of old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
 
  •  to delay accepting for exchange any old notes in connection with the extension of the exchange offer;
 
  •  to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept old notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or
 
  •  subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change.
 
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by written notice or public announcement thereof to the registered holders of old notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of old notes of such amendment, provided that in the event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the waiver of a material condition, we will extend the exchange offer period, if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in the exchange offer following notice of the material change. If we terminate this exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange or if we amend the terms of this exchange offer in a manner that constitutes a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a


32


Table of Contents

part, we will promptly file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will in all events comply with our obligation to make prompt delivery of new notes for all old notes properly tendered and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.
 
Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by issuing a timely press release to a financial news service.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
 
Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for, any old notes, and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any old notes for exchange if in our reasonable judgment:
 
  •  the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or
 
  •  any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
 
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made:
 
  •  the representations described under “— Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “— Procedures for Tendering” and “Plan of Distribution;” and
 
  •  such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the new notes under the Securities Act.
 
We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving written notice of such extension to the registered holders of the old notes. During any such extensions, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange unless they have been previously withdrawn. We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer on or prior to the scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer, and to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions to termination of the exchange offer specified above. We will give written notice or public announcement of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the registered holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may, in our sole discretion, assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times except that all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by us prior to acceptance of your notes. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, that failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Any waiver by us will be made by written notice or public announcement to the registered holders of the notes and any such waiver shall apply to all the registered holders of the notes.
 
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and will not issue new notes in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.


33


Table of Contents

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes
 
Only a holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer. If you are a DTC participant that has old notes which are credited to your DTC account by book-entry and which are held of record by DTC’s nominee, as applicable, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer as if you were the record holder. Because of this, references herein to registered or record holders include DTC.
 
If you are not a DTC participant, you may tender your old notes by book-entry transfer by contacting your broker, dealer or other nominee or by opening an account with a DTC participant, as the case may be.
 
To tender old notes in the exchange offer:
 
  •  You must comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) procedures described below;
 
  •  The exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the old notes into its account at DTC through ATOP pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, along with a properly transmitted agent’s message, before the expiration date.
 
Participants in DTC’s ATOP program must electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. With respect to the exchange of the old notes, the term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:
 
  •  DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its ATOP that is tendering old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;
 
  •  the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus; and
 
  •  we may enforce the agreement against such participant.
 
Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC participant that the representations described below in this prospectus are true and correct and when received by the exchange agent will form a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.
 
In addition, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
 
If you desire to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) time will not permit your letter of transmittal, certificates representing such outstanding notes and all other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, or (2) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, you may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if all the following conditions are satisfied:
 
  •  you must effect your tender through an “eligible guarantor institution;”
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us herewith, or an agent’s message with respect to guaranteed delivery that is accepted by us, is received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date as provided below; and


34


Table of Contents

 
  •  a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such notes into the exchange agent account at DTC as described above, together with a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile of the letter of transmittal) properly completed and duly executed, with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted agent’s message, are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.
 
The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by hand delivery, facsimile transmission or mail to the exchange agent and must include a guarantee by an eligible guarantor institution in the form set forth in the notice of guaranteed delivery.
 
Book-entry Transfer
 
The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus; and any financial institution participating in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer.
 
Withdrawal Rights
 
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
To withdraw a tender of old notes in any exchange offer, the applicable exchange agent must receive a letter or facsimile notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent” before the time indicated above. Any notice of withdrawal must:
 
  •  specify the name of the person who deposited the old notes to be withdrawn,
 
  •  identify the old notes to be withdrawn including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of old notes to be withdrawn or, in the case of old notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited and otherwise comply with the procedures of the relevant book-entry transfer facility, and
 
  •  specify the name in which the old notes being withdrawn are to be registered, if different from that of the person who deposited the notes.
 
We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes withdrawn in this manner will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. We will not issue new notes for such withdrawn old notes unless the old notes are validly retendered. We will return to you any old notes that you have tendered but that we have not accepted for exchange without cost as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described above at any time before the expiration date.
 
Exchange Agent
 
We have appointed U.S. Bank National Association as exchange agent for the exchange offer of old notes.
 
You should direct questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
 
U.S. Bank, National Association
100 Wall Street, 16th Floor
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (800) 934-6802
Fax: (651) 495-8158


35


Table of Contents

 
Fees and Expenses
 
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail, however, we may make additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.
 
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
 
Our expenses in connection with the exchange offer include:
 
  •  SEC registration fees;
 
  •  fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;
 
  •  accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and
 
  •  related fees and expenses.
 
Transfer Taxes
 
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
 
  •  certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes tendered; or
 
  •  a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer.
 
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.
 
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
 
Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes under the exchange offer, including as a result of failing to timely deliver old notes to the exchange agent, together with all required documentation, will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such old notes:
 
  •  as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and
 
  •  otherwise as set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the old notes.
 
In addition, holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes under the exchange offer will no longer have any registration rights or be entitled to additional interest with respect to the old notes.
 
In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the old notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations of the SEC staff, new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by their holders, other than any such holder that is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holders acquired the new notes in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or


36


Table of Contents

understanding with respect to the distribution of the new notes to be acquired in the exchange offer. Any holder who tenders old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes:
 
  •  cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the SEC; and
 
  •  must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.
 
After the exchange offer is consummated, if you continue to hold any old notes, you may have difficulty selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.
 
Accounting Treatment
 
We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.
 
Other
 
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.
 
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered old notes.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. You will receive, in exchange for old notes tendered by you and accepted by us in the exchange offer, new notes in the same principal amount. The old notes surrendered in exchange for the new notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase of our outstanding debt.
 
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
The following discussion provides summary information about some of our indebtedness and does not purport to be a complete description of all the information that might be important to you. For a more complete understanding of such indebtedness, we encourage you to review the more detailed summary of our indebtedness under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resourcesand in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, each contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2008 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 and incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
Domestic Revolving Credit Facility
 
On August 15, 2008, we entered into our current domestic revolving credit facility. Our domestic revolving credit facility amended and restated our prior domestic revolving credit facility.
 
Our domestic revolving credit facility provides for a revolving credit facility of up to $175 million which may be used to refinance existing funded debt, to fund working capital, to fund future acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. The total amount of availability under our domestic revolving credit facility is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets. The administrative agent has certain discretion to determine eligibility and to establish reserves with respect to the


37


Table of Contents

calculation of borrowing base availability. Our domestic revolving credit facility is scheduled to mature on August 15, 2013.
 
Under our domestic revolving credit facility, we may request base rate advances or LIBOR advances. Base rate advances accrue interest at floating rates equal to the higher of (i) SunTrust Bank’s prime lending rate or (ii) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points. LIBOR advances accrue interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin. We are also charged fees for letters of credit which are issued under our domestic revolving credit facility and fees related to the unused portion of the facility. The applicable margin on LIBOR advances and the letter of credit fees are determined from a pricing grid which is based on the average unused availability under our domestic revolving credit facility. Interest rate margins on LIBOR advances and standby letter of credit fees range from 175 basis points to 225 basis points, while the letter of credit fees for trade letters of credit range from 100 basis points to 150 basis points. Unused line fees are calculated at a per annum rate of 30 basis points.
 
Our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility are secured by a first-priority security interest in our and our guarantors’ accounts receivable (other than royalty payments in respect of trademark licenses), inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries subject to certain limitations), general intangibles (other than trademarks, trade names and related rights), deposit accounts, inter-company obligations, equipment and fixtures, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property. Our obligations under our domestic revolving credit facility are also secured by a second-priority security interest in our and our guarantors’ U.S. registered trademarks and certain related rights and will be secured by a second-priority security interest in certain owned real property acquired by us and the guarantors following the issue date of the Notes.
 
U.K. Revolving Credit Facility
 
Our U.K. revolving credit facility, which accrues interest at the bank’s base rate plus 1.35% (1.85% at May 2, 2009), requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand and is collateralized by substantially all of the United Kingdom assets of Ben Sherman.
 
Availability, Restrictions and Covenants
 
Our credit facilities are used to finance trade letters of credit, as well to provide funding for other operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions. As of May 2, 2009, approximately $19.5 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in aggregate were outstanding against our domestic revolving credit facility and the U.K. revolving credit facility. On May 2, 2009 we had approximately $122.8 million and $9.1 million in unused availability under our domestic revolving credit facility and the U.K. revolving credit facility, respectively, subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in our domestic revolving credit facility and the U.K. revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the 87/8% Notes.
 
Our credit facilities are subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities are subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) grant liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies, or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt. A breach of the covenants related to our indebtedness could result in an event of default under those instruments, in some cases allowing the holders of that indebtedness to declare such indebtedness immediately due and payable and exercise other remedies.
 
Our domestic revolving credit facility contains a financial covenant that applies only if unused availability under our domestic revolving credit facility for three consecutive business days is less than the greater of (i) $26.25 million or (ii) 15% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained


38


Table of Contents

unused availability under our domestic revolving credit facility for thirty consecutive days of more than the greater of (i) $26.25 million or (ii) 15% of the total revolving commitments.
 
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions are customary for, or more favorable than, those included in similar facilities. As of May 2, 2009, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our domestic revolving credit facility as the availability was greater than the amount specified in order for the fixed charge coverage ratio to apply. As of May 2, 2009 we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
The old notes were issued and the new notes will be issued under an indenture, dated June 30, 2009, among us, as issuer, the Guarantors set forth below and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Indenture”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the “Notes” in this “Description of the Notes” include the old notes and the new notes. The old notes and the new notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture.
 
For definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary, see “— Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this “Description of the Notes,” references to “Oxford,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer only to Oxford Industries, Inc. and not its subsidiaries.
 
When issued, the Notes will be a new issue of securities with no established trading market. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the Notes.
 
Maturity, Principal and Interest
 
The Notes will mature on July 15, 2015, will be in the aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000, subject to our ability to issue additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) in an unlimited principal amount to the extent permitted by “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness” and “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Liens.” The Notes and any Additional Notes will be substantially identical other than the issuance dates, offering price, transfer restrictions and, in certain circumstances, the date from which interest will accrue. The Notes and any Additional Notes will be treated as a single class of Notes under the Indenture. The Additional Notes will be secured, equally and ratably with the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, by the Note Lien on the Collateral described below under the caption “— Security.”
 
The Notes are senior secured obligations of Oxford. Each Note will bear interest at 11.375% per annum from June 30, 2009 or from the most recent interest payment date on which interest has been paid, payable semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2010.
 
Oxford will pay interest to the person in whose name the Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer, exchange or redemption of Notes, except in certain circumstances for any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed.
 
Settlement for the Notes will be made in same-day funds. All payments of principal and interest will be made by Oxford in same day funds. The Notes will trade in the Same-Day Funds Settlement System of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary” or “DTC”) until maturity, and secondary market trading activity for the Notes will therefore settle in same day funds.


39


Table of Contents

Guarantees
 
Payment of the Notes will be guaranteed by the Guarantors jointly and severally, absolutely, fully and unconditionally, on a senior secured basis. All of the direct and indirect domestic Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of Oxford that were obligors under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date will guarantee the Notes. Following the Issue Date, additional Restricted Subsidiaries of Oxford will be required to become Guarantors to the extent set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Additional Guarantees.”
 
If Oxford defaults in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, each of the Guarantors will be absolutely, fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally obligated to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.
 
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited to the maximum amount which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor, and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture, will result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under Federal or state law.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in certain circumstances a Guarantee of a Guarantor may be released pursuant to the provisions of subsection (b) under “— Certain Covenants — Additional Guarantees.” Upon any release of a Guarantor from its Guarantee, such Guarantor shall also be automatically and unconditionally released from its obligations under the Security Documents. Oxford also may, at any time at its option, cause any Restricted Subsidiary to become a Guarantor.
 
Ranking
 
The Notes and the Guarantees are senior secured obligations of Oxford and the Guarantors and rank:
 
  •  pari passu with any senior indebtedness of Oxford and the Guarantors (except to the extent of the value of the Collateral);
 
  •  senior to any indebtedness of Oxford and the Guarantors that is expressly subordinated to the Notes and the Guarantees;
 
  •  effectively senior to any unsecured indebtedness or indebtedness with a junior lien to the lien securing the Notes and the Guarantees to the extent of the value of the Collateral for the Notes and the Guarantees;
 
  •  effectively junior to any secured indebtedness which is either secured by assets that are not Collateral for the Notes and the Guarantees or which are secured by a prior lien in the Collateral for the Notes and the Guarantees, in each case, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness;
 
  •  effectively junior to Oxford’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Oxford’s Credit Agreement to the extent Oxford’s and the Guarantors’ assets secure such obligations on a first-priority basis; and
 
  •  effectively junior to all obligations of Oxford’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.
 
As of June 30, 2009, Oxford and the Guarantors had $182.0 million of secured indebtedness outstanding (excluding $21.6 million of outstanding secured letters of credit) and had no unsecured senior indebtedness outstanding.
 
As of May 2, 2009, Oxford’s non-Guarantor Subsidiaries had $32.3 million of indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, outstanding (excluding amounts payable to Oxford and the Guarantors).
 
These amounts do not include amounts that Oxford had available for borrowing under the Credit Agreement, all of which would be ABL Obligations.


40


Table of Contents

Security
 
The obligations of Oxford with respect to the Notes, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees, and the performance of all other obligations of Oxford and the Guarantors under the Senior Secured Note Documents are secured equally and ratably (together with any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations) by (i) second-priority security interests, subject to Permitted Liens, in the ABL Priority Collateral (other than Excluded Assets) and (ii) first-priority security interests, subject to Permitted Liens, in the following assets of Oxford and the Guarantors, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired (other than Excluded Assets) (the “Notes Priority Collateral” and, together with the ABL Priority Collateral, the “Collateral”):
 
  •  all U.S. registered trademarks and certain related rights;
 
  •  any real property owned in fee simple (but excluding fixtures) acquired by Oxford or any Guarantor after the Issue Date with a Fair Market Value (measured at the time of acquisition thereof) in excess of $5.0 million (except to the extent subject to a Lien permitted by clauses (d), (g), (j) or (p) (as it relates to any of the foregoing) of the definition of Permitted Liens to the extent the documentation relating to such Lien prohibits the granting of a Lien thereon to secure the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations);
 
  •  supporting obligations (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) and certain commercial tort claims (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC), in each case, relating to the foregoing;
 
  •  the Collateral Account and all Trust Monies; and
 
  •  all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.
 
“Excluded Assets” include, among other things, the following assets of Oxford and the Guarantors:
 
(i) assets located outside the United States to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of Oxford and the Guarantors;
 
(ii) to the extent not constituting collateral for the ABL Obligations, assets subject to Liens pursuant to clauses (a), (d), (g), (j) or (p) (as it relates to any of the foregoing) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent the documentation relating to such Liens prohibit such assets from being Collateral;
 
(iii) (w) the voting Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries in excess of 65% of the voting rights of all such Capital Stock in each such Foreign Subsidiary, (x) any Capital Stock of Patch Licensing LLC, (y) any Capital Stock of an Excluded Subsidiary and (z) to the extent not constituting collateral for the ABL Obligations, any Capital Stock of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of Oxford to the extent that a pledge of such Capital Stock is prohibited by such Person’s organization documents or any shareholders agreement or joint venture agreement relating to such Capital Stock;
 
(iv) all of Oxford’s right, title and interest in (x) the real properties owned by Oxford and the Guarantors on the Issue Date and (y) any leasehold or other non-fee simple interest in any real property of Oxford or any Guarantor (whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired following the Issue Date);
 
(v) motor vehicles, aircraft and other assets subject to certificates of title to the extent that a Lien therein cannot be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statements in the jurisdictions of organization of Oxford and the Guarantors;
 
(vi) to the extent not constituting collateral for the ABL Obligations, any contract, lease, license or other agreement to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would violate applicable law, result in the invalidation thereof or provide any party thereto with a right of termination or any other remedy that materially increases the costs or burden of Oxford or any Guarantor thereunder with respect thereto (in each case, after giving effect to applicable provisions of the UCC);
 
(vii) any Capital Stock or other securities of any Subsidiary of Oxford in excess of the maximum amount of such Capital Stock or securities that could be included in the Collateral without creating a


41


Table of Contents

requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act for separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be included in filings by Oxford with the SEC;
 
(viii) any trademarks and related rights other than to the extent set forth in the preceding paragraph (including, without limitation, foreign registered trademarks of the “Tommy Bahama” name); and
 
(ix) proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing excluded assets described in clauses (i) through (viii) above only to the extent such proceeds and products would constitute property or assets of the type described in clauses (i) through (viii) above.
 
The Collateral is pledged pursuant to a security agreement by and among Oxford, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in its capacity as Collateral Agent (the “Security Agreement”), and, if applicable, one or more mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt (the “Mortgages”) or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by Oxford or the applicable Guarantor to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, no assets of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (including any Capital Stock owned by any such Subsidiary) shall constitute Collateral.
 
So long as no Event of Default and no event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations has occurred and is continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, Oxford and the Guarantors are entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to all Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the Security Documents), to operate the Collateral, to alter or repair the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (subject to the standstill provisions in the Intercreditor Agreement which generally will provide the ABL Facility Collateral Agent with the sole right to control such enforcement actions) and to the extent permitted by law and following notice by the Collateral Agent to Oxford and the Guarantors:
 
(1) all of the rights of Oxford and the Guarantors to exercise voting or other consensual rights with respect to all Capital Stock included in the Collateral shall cease, and all such rights shall become vested, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, in the Collateral Agent, which, to the extent permitted by law, shall have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; and
 
(2) the Collateral Agent may, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, take possession of and sell the Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents.
 
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Collateral Agent will be permitted, subject to applicable law and the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, to exercise remedies and sell the Collateral under the Security Documents only at the direction of the holders of a majority of the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations voting as a single class.
 
The Indenture and the Security Documents generally do not require Oxford and the Guarantors to take certain actions to perfect the liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral, including entering into control agreements and identifying commercial tort claims below certain thresholds. As a result, the Note Liens may not attach or be perfected in certain of the Collateral, which could adversely affect the rights of the holders with respect to such Collateral.
 
Intercreditor Agreement
 
The Collateral Agent (in its capacity as Trustee and Collateral Agent), on behalf of the holders of Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, on behalf of the holders of the ABL Obligations, Oxford and the Guarantors entered into an intercreditor agreement dated as of June 30, 2009 (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) that sets forth the relative priority of the ABL Liens and the Note Liens, as well as certain other rights, priorities and interests of the holders of the


42


Table of Contents

Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the holders of the ABL Obligations. The Intercreditor Agreement provides, among other things:
 
  •  Lien Priority and Similar Liens.  Notwithstanding the time, order or method of creation or perfection of any ABL Obligations, ABL Liens, obligations under the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or the Note Liens (or the enforceability of any such Liens), (i) the ABL Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral will rank senior to any Note Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) the Note Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral will rank senior to any ABL Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral. Except as specified in clause (vii) of the definition of Excluded Assets, the collateral of Oxford and the Guarantors for the ABL Obligations and the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations will at all times be the same.
 
  •  Prohibition on Contesting Liens and Obligations.  No holder of any Note or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may contest the validity or enforceability of the ABL Liens or the ABL Obligations, and no holder of any ABL Obligations may contest the validity or enforceability of the Note Liens, the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.
 
  •  Exercise of Remedies and Release of Liens.  For a period of 270 days (subject to extension for any period during which the ABL Facility Collateral Agent is diligently pursuing remedies against the ABL Priority Collateral or is prohibited by applicable law from pursuing such remedies) commencing on the later of (x) the acceleration of obligations under the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) the ABL Facility Collateral Agent receiving notice of the relevant default from the Collateral Agent, the ABL Priority Agent will have the sole power to exercise remedies against the ABL Priority Collateral (subject to the right of the Collateral Agent and the holders of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to take limited protective measures with respect to the Note Liens and to take certain actions that would be permitted to be taken by unsecured creditors) and to foreclose upon and dispose of the ABL Priority Collateral. For a period of 270 days (subject to extension for any period during which the Collateral Agent is diligently pursuing remedies against the Notes Priority Collateral or is prohibited by applicable law from pursuing such remedies) commencing on the later of (x) the acceleration of the ABL Obligations and (y) the Collateral Agent receiving notice of the relevant default from the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent will have the sole power to exercise remedies against the Notes Priority Collateral (subject to the right of the ABL Facility Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Obligations to take limited protective measures and certain actions permitted to be taken by unsecured creditors) and to foreclose upon and dispose of the Notes Priority Collateral. Upon (x) any disposition of any ABL Priority Collateral in connection with any enforcement action or (y) any disposition of ABL Priority Collateral permitted by the documents governing the ABL Obligations, the Indenture, any agreement governing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the Security Documents, in each case, which results in the release of the ABL Lien on such item of ABL Priority Collateral, the Note Lien on such item of ABL Priority Collateral will be automatically released. Upon (x) any disposition of any Notes Priority Collateral in connection with any enforcement action or (y) any disposition of Notes Priority Collateral permitted by the documents governing the ABL Obligations, the Indenture, any agreement governing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and the Security Documents, in each case, which results in the release of the Note Lien on such item of Notes Priority Collateral, the ABL Lien on such item of Notes Priority Collateral will be automatically released.
 
  •  ABL Facility Collateral Agent’s Access and Use Rights.  The Collateral Agent will permit the ABL Facility Collateral Agent to have access to and use of certain items of Notes Priority Collateral (including, without limitation, trademarks) prior to, and for a period of up to 270 days (subject to extension during periods when the ABL Facility Collateral Agent is prohibited by law from exercising such rights) following the foreclosure upon such item of Notes Priority Collateral by the Collateral Agent in order to facilitate the ABL Facility Collateral Agent’s exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral.


43


Table of Contents

 
  •  Tracing of Collateral and Treatment of Cash.  Prior to the issuance of a notice of default by the ABL Facility Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent or an insolvency or liquidation proceeding, whether any asset was acquired with “proceeds” (within the meaning of the UCC) of ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether such asset constitutes ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral.
 
  •  Application of Proceeds and Turn-Over Provisions.  In connection with any enforcement action with respect to the Collateral or any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, all proceeds of (x) ABL Priority Collateral will first be applied to the repayment of all ABL Obligations before being applied to any obligations under the Notes or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations and (y) Notes Priority Collateral will first be applied to the repayment of all obligations under the Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations before being applied to any ABL Obligations. If any holder of a Note, Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation or ABL Obligation receives any proceeds of Collateral in contravention of the foregoing, such proceeds will be turned over to the Collateral Agent or ABL Priority Collateral Agent, as applicable, for application in accordance with the foregoing.
 
  •  Amendment and Refinancings.  The ABL Obligations, the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may be amended or refinanced subject to continuing rights and obligations of the holders of such refinancing Indebtedness under the Intercreditor Agreement.
 
  •  Certain Matters in Connection with Liquidation and Insolvency Proceedings.
 
  •  Debtor-in-Possession Financings.  In connection with any insolvency or liquidation proceeding of Oxford or any Guarantor, the ABL Facility Collateral Agent may consent to certain debtor-in-possession financings secured by a Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral ranking prior to the Note Lien on such ABL Priority Collateral or to the use of cash collateral constituting proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral without the consent of any holder of Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, and no holder of a Note or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation shall be entitled to object to such use of cash collateral or debtor-in-possession financing or seek “adequate protection” in connection therewith (other than in the form of a junior lien on any additional items of collateral for the ABL Obligations which are granted in connection with such debtor-in possession financing or use of cash collateral).
 
  •  Relief from Automatic Stay; Bankruptcy Sales and Post-Petition Interest.  No holder of a Note or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation may (x) seek relief from the automatic stay with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral, (y) object to any sale of any ABL Priority Collateral or any motion seeking relief from the automatic stay in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, in each case which has been supported by the holders of ABL Obligations or (z) object to any claim of any holder of ABL Obligations to post-petition interest to the extent of its ABL Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral. No holder of any ABL Obligation may (x) seek relief from the automatic stay with respect to any Notes Priority Collateral, (y) object to any sale of any Notes Priority Collateral or any motion seeking relief from the automatic stay with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, in each case, which is supported by the holders of the Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or (z) object to any claim of any holder of Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations to post-petition interest to the extent of its Note Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral.
 
  •  Adequate Protection.  No holder of a Note or any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may (i) except as expressly provided above, seek adequate protection on account of its Note Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral other than in the form of junior priority liens or (ii) object to any request by the holders of ABL Obligations for adequate protection on account of the ABL Priority Collateral. No holder of any ABL Obligation may (i) seek adequate protection on account of its ABL Lien on the Notes Priority Collateral other than in the form of junior priority liens or (ii) object to any request by the holders of Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations for adequate protection on account of the ABL Priority Collateral.


44


Table of Contents

 
  •  Plans of Reorganization.  Neither the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any holder of any ABL Obligations, Notes or Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations may support any plan of reorganization in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding which contravenes the intercreditor provisions described above (unless consented to by the ABL Facility Collateral Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, representing the holders of the Liens entitled to the benefit of such contravened intercreditor provisions).
 
Use and Release of Collateral
 
Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have commenced enforcement of remedies under the Security Documents, except as noted below with respect to Trust Monies or to the extent otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement or other documentation governing the ABL Obligations, Oxford will have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral, to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.
 
Release of Collateral.  The Indenture and the Security Documents provide that the Note Liens will automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released:
 
(1) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Note Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;
 
(2) in whole upon:
 
(a) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as set forth below under “— Satisfaction and Discharge”; or
 
(b) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Indenture as described below under “— Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture”;
 
(3) in part, as to any property that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by Oxford or any Guarantor (other than to Oxford or another Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by the Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition or (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee pursuant to paragraph (b) of “— Certain Covenants — Additional Guarantees,” concurrently with the release of such Guarantee;
 
(4) as to property that constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of each holder of the Notes;
 
(5) as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; and
 
(6) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents and as described above with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement.
 
Use of Trust Monies.  All Trust Monies shall be held by (or held in an account subject to the control of) the Collateral Agent as a part of the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes and any Additional Pari Passu Obligations and ABL Obligations, may, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, at the written direction of Oxford be applied by the Collateral Agent from time to time in accordance with the covenant described below under “— Limitation on Sale of Assets,” as applicable, or to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes and any Additional Pari Passu Obligations at maturity or upon redemption or retirement, or to the purchase of Notes and any Additional Pari Passu Obligations upon tender or in the open market or otherwise, in each case in compliance with the Indenture or to any reinvestment permitted by the Indenture or as otherwise required by the Intercreditor Agreement.
 
Certain Bankruptcy Limitations.  The right of the Collateral Agent to take possession and dispose of the Collateral following an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against Oxford or the Guarantors prior to the Trustee having taken possession and disposed of the Collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is


45


Table of Contents

prohibited from taking its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security taken from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such Collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments; provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection.”
 
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior Liens) is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes and any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the holders of the Notes and such other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Collateral, and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Applicable Federal bankruptcy laws permit the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys’ fees during a debtor’s bankruptcy case only to the extent the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization. In addition, if Oxford or the Guarantors were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.
 
Optional Redemption
 
At any time prior to July 15, 2012, Oxford may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to the greater of:
 
  •  100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, and
 
  •  as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of 105.688% of the principal of the Notes being redeemed plus scheduled payments of interest (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the date of redemption) from the date of redemption to July 15, 2012 discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
 
For purposes of calculating the redemption price, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
 
“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for the redemption date, calculated in accordance with standard market practice.
 
“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the U.S. treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker that would be used, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes (assuming the Notes matured on July 15, 2012).
 
“Comparable Treasury Price” means either (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all quotations obtained.


46


Table of Contents

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that Oxford appoints.
 
“Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of Banc of America Securities LLC (and its successors) and any other nationally recognized investment banking firm specified from time to time by Oxford that is a primary U.S. government securities dealer.
 
“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer as of 3:30 p.m., New York time, on the third business day preceding the redemption date.
 
On or after July 15, 2012, Oxford may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning July 15 of the years indicated below:
 
         
    Redemption
 
Year
  Price  
 
2012
    105.688 %
2013
    102.844 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
 
In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2012, Oxford, at its option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 111.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% of the initial aggregate principal amount of Notes must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and Oxford must complete such redemption within 90 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.
 
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.
 
In addition to Oxford’s rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, Oxford may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.
 
Sinking Fund
 
The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.
 
Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control
 
If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of Notes will have the right to require Oxford to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no partial redemption will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000) of such holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, Oxford will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date).
 
Within 30 days of any Change of Control or, at Oxford’s option, prior to such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, Oxford must notify the Trustee and give written notice of the Change of


47


Table of Contents

Control to each holder of Notes, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at his address appearing in the security register. The notice must state, among other things,
 
  •  that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur and the date of such event;
 
  •  the purchase price and the purchase date which shall be fixed by Oxford on a business day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act; provided that the purchase date may not occur prior to the Change of Control;
 
  •  that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
 
  •  that, unless Oxford defaults in the payment of the Change of Control purchase price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control purchase date; and
 
  •  other procedures that a holder of Notes must follow to accept a Change of Control offer or to withdraw acceptance of the Change of Control offer.
 
If a Change of Control offer is made, Oxford may not have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price for all of the Notes that might be delivered by holders of the Notes seeking to accept the Change of Control offer. The failure of Oxford to make or consummate the Change of Control offer or pay the Change of Control purchase price when due will give the Trustee and the holders of the Notes the rights described under “— Events of Default.”
 
In addition to the obligations of Oxford under the Indenture with respect to the Notes in the event of a Change of Control, Oxford’s Credit Agreement also contains an event of default upon a Change of Control as defined therein. Upon such a default, the lenders under the Credit Agreement could elect to declare any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately due and payable.
 
The definition of Change of Control includes the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of Oxford and its subsidiaries. The term “all or substantially all” as used in the definition of “Change of Control” has not been interpreted under New York law (which is the governing law of the Indenture) to represent a specific quantitative test. Therefore, if holders of the Notes elected to exercise their rights under the Indenture and Oxford elected to contest such election, it is not clear how a court interpreting New York law would interpret the phrase.
 
The existence of a holder’s right to require Oxford to repurchase such holder’s Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third party from acquiring Oxford in a transaction which constitutes a Change of Control.
 
The provisions of the Indenture may not afford holders of the Notes the right to require Oxford to repurchase the Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or certain reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar transactions (including, in certain circumstances, an acquisition of Oxford by management or its affiliates) involving Oxford that may adversely affect holders of the Notes, if such transaction is not a transaction defined as a Change of Control.
 
Oxford will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer.
 
Oxford will not be required to make a Change of Control offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements described in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control offer made by Oxford and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control offer.


48


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants
 
The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:
 
Limitation on Indebtedness
 
(a) Oxford will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise in any manner become directly or indirectly liable for, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), any Indebtedness (including any Acquired Indebtedness), unless such Indebtedness is incurred by Oxford or any Guarantor or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, Oxford’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Oxford and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following (collectively, the “Permitted Indebtedness”):
 
(1) Indebtedness of Oxford and the Guarantors under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of:
 
(a) $275.0 million, less, without duplication, (i) any permanent repayment thereof or permanent reduction in commitments thereunder from the proceeds of one or more asset sales which are used to repay a Credit Facility pursuant to clause (b)(i) of “— Limitation on Sale of Assets” and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at the date of determination pursuant to clause (9) below; or
 
(b) (i) 85% of accounts receivable of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any Receivables and Related Assets sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction) as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which consolidated financial statements are available, plus (ii) 60% of inventory of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which consolidated financial statements are available;
 
(2) Indebtedness pursuant to (A) the old notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and any Guarantee of the old notes, and (B) any new notes issued in exchange for the old notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any Guarantee of the new notes;
 
(3) Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date other than Indebtedness referred to in clause (1), (2) or (11)(y) of this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;
 
(4) Indebtedness of Oxford owing to a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
  •  provided that any Indebtedness of Oxford owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred after the Issue Date is unsecured and is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes;
 
  •  provided, further, that any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a person (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Oxford or other obligor not permitted by this clause (4);
 
(5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Oxford or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a person (other than a disposition or transfer to Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary or a person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor not permitted by this clause (5);
 
(6) guarantees by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than guarantees by Oxford or any Guarantor of Acquired Indebtedness incurred in reliance on paragraph (a) of this Section of any Person that does not become a Guarantor that is acquired by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary other than guarantees of such Acquired Indebtedness by any other Person so acquired in connection therewith) which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;


49


Table of Contents

(7) Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any:
 
(a) Interest Rate Agreements,
 
(b) Currency Hedging Agreements and
 
(c) Commodity Price Protection Agreements;
 
(8) Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations or other Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition or development of real or personal, movable or immovable, property, in each case incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the business of Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20 million outstanding at any one time;
 
(9) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-recourse Indebtedness with respect to Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in the event such Securitization Entity ceases to qualify as a Securitization Entity or such Indebtedness ceases to constitute such Non-recourse Indebtedness, such Indebtedness will be deemed, in each case, to be incurred at such time;
 
(10) Indebtedness of Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business or from letters of credit or other obligations in respect of self-insurance and workers’ compensation obligations or similar arrangements; provided that, in each case contemplated by this clause (10), upon the drawing of such instrument, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;
 
(11) (x) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (including Foreign Subsidiaries formed under the laws of the United Kingdom) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $10 million outstanding at any one time and (y) in addition to Indebtedness permitted by the foregoing subclause (x), Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries formed under the laws of the United Kingdom in the aggregate principal amount of up to £12 million outstanding at any one time;
 
(12) Indebtedness of Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts such amount need not be inadvertent) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within three business days of receipt by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary of notice of such insufficient funds;
 
(13) Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease the Indenture as described below under “— Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture” or to a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as described below under “— Satisfaction and Discharge”;
 
(14) Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification or purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligation of Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such an agreement, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or properties;
 
(15) any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements (collectively, a “refinancing”) of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and clauses (2) and (3) of this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” including any successive refinancing so long as Indebtedness of Oxford or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with Indebtedness of Oxford or a Guarantor and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness refinanced is not increased by such refinancing except by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of


50


Table of Contents

the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of expenses of Oxford incurred in connection with such refinancing and (1) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is made subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced and (2) in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness, as the case may be, such refinancing does not reduce the Average Life to Stated Maturity or the Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness;
 
(16) Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in an amount not to exceed $50 million; and
 
(17) Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to that described in clauses (1) through (16) above, and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $20 million outstanding at any one time.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant:
 
  •  In the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this covenant, Oxford will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or subject to the following bullet, later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant;
 
  •  Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is in existence or available on or prior to the Issue Date, and any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements thereof, will be deemed to have been incurred on such date under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” above, and Oxford will not be permitted to reclassify any portion of such Indebtedness thereafter;
 
  •  Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness;
 
  •  Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on any Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof as accrued is included in Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Oxford;
 
  •  With respect to any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred;
 
  •  The outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall not be double counted; and
 
  •  The amount of Indebtedness issued at a price less than the amount of the liability thereof shall be determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
Limitation on Restricted Payments
 
(a) Oxford will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (each a “Restricted Payment”):
 
(i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to holders of, any shares of Oxford’s Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its Qualified Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Qualified Capital Stock);


51


Table of Contents

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, directly or indirectly, shares of Oxford’s Capital Stock or any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of Oxford (other than Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Oxford);
 
(iii) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (4) or (5) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition);
 
(iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to any person (other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock, (b) to Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) dividends or distributions made by a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis to all stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary); or
 
(v) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investments)
 
(the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall be the Fair Market Value of the assets proposed to be transferred), unless
 
(1) at the time of and after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(2) at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, Oxford could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions described under paragraph (a) of “— Limitation on Indebtedness”; and
 
(3) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments (other than Permitted Payments described in clauses (2) through (9) of clause (b) below) declared (with respect to dividends) or made after March 1, 2003 and all Designation Amounts does not exceed the sum of:
 
(A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of Oxford accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on March 1, 2003 and ending on the last day of Oxford’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of the Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss);
 
(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after March 1, 2003 by Oxford either (1) as capital contributions in the form of nonredeemable equity to Oxford or (2) from the issuance or sale (other than to any of its Subsidiaries) of Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford or any options, warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford, plus 100% of the Fair Market Value as of the date of issuance of any Qualified Capital Stock issued by Oxford since March 1, 2003 as consideration for the purchase by Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under the Indenture) of any assets or properties of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, any person whose primary business is, a Permitted Business (except, in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness as set forth below in clause (2) or (3) of paragraph (b) below) (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from Oxford or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);
 
(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after March 1, 2003 by Oxford (other than from any of its Subsidiaries) upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from Oxford or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);


52


Table of Contents

(D) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after March 1, 2003 by Oxford from the conversion or exchange, if any, of debt securities or Redeemable Capital Stock of Oxford or its Restricted Subsidiaries into or for Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford plus, to the extent such debt securities or Redeemable Capital Stock so converted or exchanged were issued after March 1, 2003, the aggregate of Net Cash Proceeds from their original issuance (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the conversion or exchange of debt securities or Redeemable Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from Oxford or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);
 
(E) (a) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser of the return of capital with respect to such Investment and the initial amount of such Investment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes, and (b) in the case of the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (as long as the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was deemed a Restricted Payment), the Fair Market Value of Oxford’s interest in such Subsidiary as of the date of such designation, provided that such amount shall not in any case exceed the amount of the Restricted Payment deemed made at the time the Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(F) any amount which previously qualified as a Restricted Payment on account of any guarantee entered into by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such guarantee has not been called upon and the obligation arising under such guarantee no longer exists; and
 
(G) $5 million.
 
As of May 2, 2009, the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clauses (A) through (F) would have been approximately $95 million.
 
(b) The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the following Restricted Payments (each a “Permitted Payment”):
 
(1) (x) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or call for redemption, if at such date of declaration or call for redemption such payment or redemption was permitted by the provisions of paragraph (a) of this covenant (the declaration of such payment will be deemed a Restricted Payment under paragraph (a) of this covenant as of the date of declaration, and the payment itself will be deemed to have been paid on such date of declaration and will not also be deemed a Restricted Payment under paragraph (a) of this covenant) (it being understood that any Restricted Payment made in reliance on this clause (1)(x) shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (a)(3) above only once) and (y) the declaration and payment of dividends on Oxford’s common stock in an amount not to exceed $6.5 million during any twelve month period;
 
(2) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of Oxford in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;
 
(3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to any Subsidiary) of any Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford, provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) of this covenant;


53


Table of Contents

(4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement, or acquisition for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) (a “refinancing”) in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated Indebtedness of Oxford, provided that any such new Subordinated Indebtedness
 
(a) shall be in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount so refinanced, plus the amount of premium or other payment reasonably determined as necessary to refinance the Indebtedness, plus the amount of expenses of Oxford incurred in connection with such refinancing;
 
(b) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
(c) has a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment later than the Stated Maturity for the final scheduled principal payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced; and
 
(d) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness to be refinanced;
 
(5) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon (a) exercise of stock options to the extent that shares of such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and (b) the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an employee to pay taxes associated therewith;
 
(6) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Capital Stock of Oxford;
 
(7) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of Redeemable Capital Stock of Oxford made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, Redeemable Capital Stock;
 
(8) so long as no default or event of default exists or would occur, the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any shares of Capital Stock of Oxford from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors, in an amount of up to $3 million in the aggregate during any fiscal year of Oxford (with unused amounts from any fiscal year available in any of the next two succeeding years); and
 
(9) so long as no default or event of default exists or would occur, payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, that complies with the covenant described under “— Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets.”
 
For clarity purposes, all payments made pursuant to clauses (2) through (9) of this paragraph (b) shall not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under paragraph (a) of this covenant.
 
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
 
Oxford will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of Oxford (other than Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary, including any person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) unless:
 
(1) such transaction or series of related transactions is on terms that are no less favorable to Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be available in a comparable transaction in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third party,


54


Table of Contents

(2) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $2.5 million, Oxford delivers an officers’ certificate to the Trustee certifying that such transaction or series of related transactions complies with clause (1) above, and
 
(3) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $10 million, either
 
(a) such transaction or series of related transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the board of directors of Oxford, or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director, or
 
(b) Oxford delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of an investment banking firm of national standing or other recognized independent expert stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is fair to Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
 
provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to:
 
(i) directors’ fees, consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, incentive arrangements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or employee of Oxford or a Subsidiary of Oxford, including under any stock option or stock incentive plans, customary indemnification arrangements with officers, directors or employees of Oxford or a Subsidiary of Oxford, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(ii) any Restricted Payments or Permitted Payments made in compliance with the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant above;
 
(iii) any Qualified Securitization Transaction;
 
(iv) any issuance or sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford to Affiliates;
 
(v) transactions among Oxford and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any Related Business Entity;
 
(vi) loans or advances to employees or consultants of Oxford in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law; and
 
(vii) any transactions undertaken pursuant to any agreements in existence on the Issue Date (as in effect on the Issue Date) and any renewals, replacements or modifications of such contracts (pursuant to new transactions or otherwise) on terms no less favorable in any material respect to the holders of the Notes than those in effect on the Issue Date.
 
Limitation on Liens
 
Oxford will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect to any of its properties to secure Indebtedness of Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Permitted Liens. Additionally, Oxford will not, and will not permit any Guarantor, to grant or suffer to exist any Lien (other than pursuant to clause (a), (d), (j) or (p) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”) on any real property of Oxford or any Guarantor owned in fee simple on the Issue Date for purposes of securing any Indebtedness for money borrowed unless Oxford shall have granted a first-priority Lien on such fee owned real property to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of Notes and the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.
 
Limitation on Sale of Assets
 
(a) Oxford will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless (1) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is received in cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets, (2) Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets


55


Table of Contents

subject to such Asset Sale, (3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of the Indenture and the Security Documents, and (4) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Notes Priority Collateral or, after the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the disposition of ABL Priority Collateral, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be paid directly by the purchaser of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collateral Account pending application in accordance with the provisions described below, and, if any property other than cash or Cash Equivalents is included in such Net Cash Proceeds, such property shall be made subject to the Note Liens.
 
For purposes of Section (a)(1) of this covenant, the following will be deemed to be cash:
 
(A) the amount of any liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary that is actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which Oxford and the Restricted Subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally released (excluding any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale and contingent liabilities);
 
(B) the amount of any notes, securities or other similar obligations received by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that is converted, sold or exchanged within 90 days of the related Asset Sale by Oxford or the Restricted Subsidiaries into cash in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds realized upon such conversion, sale or exchange; and
 
(C) the amount of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale; provided that the aggregate of such Designated Non-cash Consideration received in connection with Asset Sales (and still held) shall not exceed $5 million at any one time (with the Fair Market Value in each case being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
 
(b) All or a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale may be applied by Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any Credit Facility):
 
(i) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute proceeds from the sale of Collateral (other than Tommy Bahama Collateral) or assets that are not Collateral, to repay permanently any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility or Indebtedness of any non-Guarantor with respect to the proceeds from the sale of assets of any non-Guarantor then outstanding as required by the terms thereof (and in the case of any such Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility);
 
(ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Permitted Business (or in the case of an Asset Sale of ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral other than Tommy Bahama Collateral, to acquire additional Collateral); provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to acquire assets that constitute Notes Priority Collateral;
 
(iii) to make a capital expenditure; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, such expenditures shall relate to Collateral (and to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such expenditures shall relate to Notes Priority Collateral); or
 
(iv) to invest the Net Cash Proceeds (or enter into a legally binding agreement to invest) in Replacement Assets; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Notes Priority Collateral, such Replacement Assets constitute Collateral (and to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such Collateral shall be Notes Priority Collateral).
 
Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds (other than Trust Monies), Oxford may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. If any such legally binding agreement to invest such Net Cash Proceeds is


56


Table of Contents

terminated, Oxford shall, within 90 days of such termination or within 365 days of such Asset Sale, whichever is later, invest such Net Cash Proceeds as provided in clauses (i) through (iv) above (without regard to the first parenthetical contained in clause (iv)). The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not used or invested in accordance with the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) within 365 days of the Asset Sale constitutes “Excess Proceeds.”
 
When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within thirty days thereof, Oxford will make an offer (an “Offer”) to all holders of Notes and (x) in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Notes Priority Collateral, to the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to asset sales or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to assets sales, in each case, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and 100% of the principal amount or, if different, the accreted value of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and such remaining amount shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Proceeds for any purpose under the Indenture. If the aggregate principal of the Notes and principal amount or, if different, accreted value of other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from Notes Priority Collateral) or Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness (in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds) tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or other Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
 
(c) The Indenture provides that Oxford will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer.
 
Additional Guarantees
 
(a) Oxford will cause any Restricted Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a Securitization Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee of the Notes and supplements to the applicable Security Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral owned by such Restricted Subsidiary.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms that it (and all Liens securing the same) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
 
(1) such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with the Indenture (whether upon a sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of merger or consolidation), or the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary), or
 
(2) the merger or dissolution of a Guarantor into Oxford or another Guarantor or the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor to Oxford or another Guarantor.
 
Limitation on Subsidiary Preferred Stock
 
(a) Oxford will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Oxford to issue, sell or transfer any Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, except for (1) Preferred Stock issued or sold to, held by or transferred to Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (2) Preferred Stock issued by a person prior to the time (A) such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such person consolidates or merges with or into Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary or (C) a Restricted Subsidiary consolidates or merges with or into such person; provided that such Preferred Stock was not issued or incurred by such person in anticipation of the type of transaction


57


Table of Contents

contemplated by subclause (A), (B) or (C). This clause (a) shall not apply upon the acquisition by a third party of all the outstanding Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
(b) Oxford will not permit any person (other than Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary) to acquire Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary from Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon the acquisition of all the outstanding Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
 
(a) Oxford will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock,
 
(2) pay any Indebtedness owed to Oxford or any other Restricted Subsidiary,
 
(3) make any Investment in Oxford or any other Restricted Subsidiary or
 
(4) transfer any of its properties or assets to Oxford or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
 
(b) However, paragraph (a) will not prohibit any:
 
(1) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument (including the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents) in effect on the Issue Date (or in respect of the Credit Agreement on the date of the Credit Agreement);
 
(2) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Oxford on the Issue Date, in existence at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Oxford and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary or the properties or assets of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such Subsidiary which is becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(3) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any agreement governing any Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “— Limitation on Indebtedness”;
 
(4) encumbrance or restriction contained in any Acquired Indebtedness or other agreement of any person or related to assets acquired (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as such encumbrance or restriction (A) was not entered into in contemplation of the acquisition, merger or consolidation transaction, and (B) is not applicable to any person, or the properties or assets of any person, other than the person, or the property or assets of the person, so acquired, so long as the agreement containing such restriction does not violate any other provision of the Indenture;
 
(5) encumbrance or restriction existing under applicable law or any requirement of any regulatory body;
 
(6) in the case of clause (4) of paragraph (a) above, Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “— Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;
 
(7) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts;
 
(8) customary restrictions contained in (A) asset sale agreements permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “— Limitation on Sale of Assets” that limit the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale and (B) any other agreement for the sale or


58


Table of Contents

other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;
 
(9) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’, partnership or joint venture agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with a joint venture arrangement which is permitted pursuant to clause (7) of the definition of Permitted Investment; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Restricted Subsidiaries other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture;
 
(10) restrictions contained in Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under clause (11) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, so long as such restrictions or encumbrances are customary for Indebtedness of the type incurred;
 
(11) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are customarily required by the institutional sponsor or arranger of such Qualified Securitization Transaction in similar types of documents relating to the purchase of similar receivables in connection with the Financing thereof;
 
(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(13) encumbrance or restriction under any agreement that amends, extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12), or in this clause (13), provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced.
 
Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries
 
Oxford may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture only if:
 
(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation;
 
(b) Oxford would be permitted to make an Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) at the time of designation (assuming the effectiveness of such designation) pursuant to paragraph (a) of “Limitation on Restricted Payments” above in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of Oxford’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Subsidiary (including any guarantee of the obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary but excluding any amounts attributable to Investments made prior to the Issue Date);
 
(c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary of Oxford which is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee for the Notes; and
 
(e) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from persons who are not Affiliates of Oxford or, in the event such condition is not satisfied, the value of such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding to such Unrestricted Subsidiary from and after the date of designation shall be deemed a Restricted Payment.


59


Table of Contents

In the event of any such designation, Oxford shall be deemed to have made an Investment constituting a Restricted Payment pursuant to the covenant “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” for all purposes of the Indenture in the Designation Amount.
 
For purposes of the foregoing, the designation of a Subsidiary of Oxford as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the designation of all of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any person that becomes a Subsidiary of Oxford will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
Oxford may revoke any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:
 
(a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such revocation;
 
(b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such revocation would, if incurred at such time, have been permitted to be incurred for all purposes of the Indenture; and
 
(c) unless such redesignated Subsidiary shall not have any Indebtedness outstanding (other than Indebtedness that would be Permitted Indebtedness), (x) if prior to such revocation Oxford could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Indebtedness,” immediately after giving effect to such proposed revocation, and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness of such redesignated Subsidiary as if such Indebtedness was incurred on the date of the revocation, Oxford could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) if prior to such revocation Oxford could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Indebtedness,” Oxford’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio does not decline as a result of such revocation.
 
All designations and revocations must be evidenced by a resolution of the board of directors of Oxford delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.
 
Provision of Financial Statements
 
Whether or not Oxford is subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, Oxford will, to the extent permitted under the Exchange Act, file with the SEC the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which Oxford would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) if Oxford were so subject, such documents to be filed with the SEC on or prior to the date (the “Required Filing Date”) by which Oxford would have been required so to file such documents if Oxford were so subject.
 
Oxford will also in any event within 15 days of each Required Filing Date (a) file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which Oxford filed with the SEC or would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if Oxford were subject to either of such Sections and (b) if filing such reports and documents by Oxford with the SEC is not accepted by the SEC or is not permitted under the Exchange Act, transmit by mail to all holders of the Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the security register, without cost to such holders, copies of such reports and documents.
 
The Indenture also provides that, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, Oxford will make available to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, until such time as Oxford has either exchanged the Notes for securities identical in all material respects which have been registered under the Securities Act or until such time as the holders thereof have disposed of such Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.


60


Table of Contents

Additional Covenants
 
The Indenture also contains covenants with respect to the following matters: (1) payment of principal, premium and interest; (2) maintenance of an office or agency in The City of New York; (3) arrangements regarding the handling of money held in trust; (4) maintenance of corporate existence; (5) payment of taxes and other claims; and (6) maintenance of properties.
 
Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets
 
Oxford will not, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person or group of persons, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or series of transactions, if such transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to any other person or group of persons, unless at the time and after giving effect thereto
 
(1) either (a) Oxford will be the continuing corporation or (b) the person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis (the “Surviving Entity”) (i) shall be a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of Oxford under the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented (and any Guarantees will be confirmed as applying to such Surviving Entity’s obligations) and (iii) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of Oxford under the Security Documents;
 
(2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
 
(3) after giving effect to such transaction, Oxford (or the Surviving Entity if Oxford is not the continuing obligor under the Indenture) could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions of “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness”;
 
(4) at the time of the transaction, each Guarantor, if any, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such person’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes;
 
(5) at the time of the transaction, Oxford or the Surviving Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with;
 
(6) Oxford or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to Oxford or the Surviving Entity; and
 
(7) the Collateral owned by or transferred to Oxford or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (3), (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary and (2) Oxford may merge


61


Table of Contents

with an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing Oxford’s jurisdiction of organization to another state of the United States, provided that the surviving entity assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, Oxford’s obligation under the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
Each Guarantor will not, and Oxford will not permit a Guarantor to, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other person (other than Oxford or any Guarantor) or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person or group of persons (other than Oxford or any Guarantor) or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or series of transactions if such transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis to any other person or group of persons (other than Oxford or any Guarantor), unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:
 
(1) either (a) the Guarantor will be the continuing corporation in the case of a consolidation or merger involving the Guarantor or (b) the person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis (the “Surviving Guarantor Entity”) will be a corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership or trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such person (i) expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect; (ii) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the applicable Guarantor under the Security Documents;
 
(2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
 
(3) at the time of the transaction such Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with;
 
(4) the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity;
 
(5) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and
 
(6) the property and assets of the person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture;
 
provided, however, that this paragraph shall not apply to any Guarantor whose Guarantee of the Notes is unconditionally released and discharged in accordance with paragraph (b) under the provisions of “Certain Covenants — Additional Guarantees.”


62


Table of Contents

In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described in and complying with the conditions listed in the two immediately preceding paragraphs in which Oxford or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is not the continuing corporation, the successor person formed or remaining or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Oxford or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and Oxford or any Guarantor, as the case may be, would be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents.
 
An assumption by any person of Oxford’s obligations under the Notes, the Indenture and the Security Documents or of a Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, the Indenture and the Security Documents might be deemed for United States federal income tax purposes to be an exchange of the Notes for new Notes by the holders thereof, resulting in recognition of gain or loss for such purposes and possibly other adverse tax consequences to the holders. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of such an assumption.
 
Events of Default
 
An Event of Default will occur under the Indenture if:
 
(1) there shall be a default in the payment of any interest on any Note when it becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days;
 
(2) there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise);
 
(3) (a) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of Oxford or any Guarantor under the Indenture, any Guarantee or any Security Document (other than a default in the performance, or breach, of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (1) or (2) above or in clause (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (3)) and such default or breach shall continue for a period of 30 days with respect to defaults or breaches of the items set forth under “— Certain Covenants,” and 60 days in all other cases, in each case after written notice has been given, by certified mail, (1) to Oxford by the Trustee or (2) to Oxford and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (b) there shall be a default in the performance or breach of the provisions described in “— Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”; (c) Oxford shall have failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the provisions of “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sale of Assets”; or (d) Oxford shall have failed to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the provisions of “— Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control”;
 
(4) (a) any default in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Indebtedness when due under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments under which Oxford, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $15 million (“Material Indebtedness”) and such default shall have continued after giving effect to any applicable grace period and shall not have been cured or waived and, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, the holder of such Indebtedness shall have the right to accelerate such Indebtedness or (b) an event of default as defined in any of the agreements, indentures or instruments described in clause (a) of this clause (4) shall have occurred and the Indebtedness thereunder, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, shall have been accelerated;
 
(5) any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for Oxford) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or shall for any reason be asserted in writing by any Guarantor or Oxford not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent permitted by the Indenture and any such Guarantee;
 
(6) one or more final, non-appealable judgments or orders of any court or regulatory or administrative agency for the payment of money in excess of $15 million (net of any amounts to the


63


Table of Contents

extent that they are covered by insurance), either individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against Oxford, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary which has not been discharged, fully bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days;
 
(7) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to Oxford or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
 
(8) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, (x) default by Oxford or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which materially adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Note Liens on a material portion of the Collateral, (y) the repudiation or disaffirmation by Oxford or any Guarantor of its material obligations under the Security Documents or (z) the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against Oxford or any Guarantor party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral and, in the case of any event described in subclause (x) through (z), such default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise cured within 60 days after Oxford receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied.
 
If an Event of Default (other than as specified in clause (7) of the prior paragraph with respect to Oxford) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to Oxford (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of the prior paragraph with respect to Oxford occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Thereupon, the Trustee may, at its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the holders of Notes by appropriate judicial proceedings.
 
After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding by written notice to Oxford and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
 
(a) Oxford has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (2) all overdue interest on all Notes then outstanding, (3) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes and (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and
 
(b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.
 
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the holders of all outstanding Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default (1) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each holder of Notes affected) or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision


64


Table of Contents

which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment.
 
No holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to the Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless (a) such holder has previously given notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; (b) the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee under the Indenture and the Notes; (c) such holder or holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; (d) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 15 days after receipt of such notice; and (e) the Trustee, within such 15-day period, has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.
 
Oxford is required to notify the Trustee within five business days of the date it becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default. Oxford is required to deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more than 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter and not more than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement as to compliance with the Indenture, including whether or not any Default has occurred. The Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred thereby.
 
The Trust Indenture Act contains limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of Oxford or any Guarantor, if any, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions, but if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or else resign.
 
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
 
No director, officer, employee, member or stockholder of Oxford or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of Oxford or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases Oxford and each Guarantor from all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture
 
Oxford may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of Oxford, any Guarantor and any other obligor upon the Notes discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“defeasance”). Such defeasance means that Oxford, any such Guarantor and any other obligor under the Indenture shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for
 
(1) the rights of holders of such outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due,
 
(2) Oxford’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust,
 
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and
 
(4) the defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, Oxford may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of Oxford and any Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are


65


Table of Contents

described in the Indenture (“covenant defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event covenant defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy and insolvency events) described under “— Events of Default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
 
In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance,
 
(a) Oxford must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars, U.S. Government Obligations (as defined in the Indenture), or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking firm, to pay and discharge the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or, to the extent Oxford has previously provided a notice of redemption with respect to the outstanding Notes, on the applicable redemption date;
 
(b) in the case of defeasance, Oxford shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in the United States stating that (A) Oxford has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of independent counsel in the United States shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;
 
(c) in the case of covenant defeasance, Oxford shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in the United States to the effect that the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;
 
(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or insofar as clause (7) under the first paragraph under “— Events of Default” is concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;
 
(e) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, the Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound;
 
(f) Oxford will have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of independent counsel in the United States to the effect that (assuming no holder of the Notes would be considered an insider of Oxford or any Guarantor under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law and assuming no intervening bankruptcy or insolvency of Oxford or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit) after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;
 
(g) no event or condition shall exist that would prevent Oxford from making payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the date of such deposit or at any time ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit; and
 
(h) Oxford will have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of independent counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.


66


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and Discharge
 
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes under the Indenture when
 
(a) either
 
(1) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by Oxford and thereafter repaid to Oxford or discharged from such trust as provided for in the Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or
 
(2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (c) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of Oxford;
 
(b) Oxford or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest at such Maturity, Stated Maturity or redemption date;
 
(c) after giving effect thereto, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of such deposit;
 
(d) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound;
 
(e) Oxford or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by Oxford; and
 
(f) Oxford has delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of independent counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with.
 
Modifications and Amendments
 
Modifications and amendments of any of the Indenture and/or the Security Documents may be made by Oxford, each Guarantor party thereto, if any, and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:
 
(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, or change to an earlier date any redemption date of, or waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of any such Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the redemption date);
 
(2) amend, change or modify the obligation of Oxford to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with “— Purchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control,” including amending, changing or modifying any definitions related thereto;


67


Table of Contents

(3) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose holders is required for any waiver or compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture;
 
(4) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of such outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each such Note affected thereby;
 
(5) amend or modify any of the provisions of the Indenture in any manner which subordinates the Notes issued thereunder in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Oxford or which subordinates any Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Guarantor issuing any such Guarantee;
 
(6) release any Guarantee except in compliance with the terms of the Indenture; or
 
(7) release all or substantially all of the Collateral other than in accordance with the Indenture.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holders of the Notes, Oxford, any Guarantor, any other obligor under the Notes and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture and the Security Documents:
 
(1) to evidence the succession of another person to Oxford or a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of Oxford or such Guarantor in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee and the Security Documents in accordance with “— Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets”;
 
(2) to add to the covenants of Oxford, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon Oxford or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document;
 
(3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interest of the holders of the Notes in any material respect;
 
(4) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(5) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes or to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;
 
(6) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent under the Indenture and the Security Documents;
 
(7) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the holders of the Notes as additional security for the payment and performance of Oxford’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under the Indenture, in any property, or assets, including any of which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a security interest is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;
 
(8) to provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by any of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Indenture;
 
(9) to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include the same in the Intercreditor Agreement; or


68


Table of Contents

(10) in the sole discretion of Oxford, to conform any provision of the Indenture to the provisions of the “Description of the Notes” contained in the offering memorandum related to the offering of the old notes to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recital of a provision contained herein.
 
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and provisions of the Indenture.
 
Governing Law
 
The Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
 
Concerning the Trustee
 
The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of Oxford, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign as Trustee.
 
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs (which has not been cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
The Indenture provides that neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession and the accounting for Trust Monies actually received), for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Note Lien.
 
Certain Definitions
 
“ABL Facility Collateral Agent” means Sun Trust, as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, and its successors and/or assigns in such capacity.
 
“ABL Liens” means all Liens in favor of the ABL Facility Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the ABL Obligations.
 
“ABL Obligations” means (x) the Indebtedness and other obligations which are secured by a Lien on the Collateral permitted by clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (or to the extent designated by the Company, clause (q) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”) and (y) obligations in respect of “Bank Products” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) that are permitted to be secured pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens.”
 
“ABL Priority Collateral” is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement and includes all collateral for the ABL Obligations other than Notes Priority Collateral. The collateral for the ABL Obligations that is not Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to the security documents for the ABL Obligations consists principally of the following property of Oxford and the Guarantors whether now owned or hereafter acquired (but excluding certain categories of Excluded Property described under “— Security”):
 
(a) accounts, other than accounts which arise from the sale, license, assignment or other disposition of Notes Priority Collateral;


69


Table of Contents

(b) inventory;
 
(c) investment property, including (i) the Capital Stock of each Subsidiary of Oxford or any Guarantor (other than Foreign Subsidiaries and Excluded Subsidiaries) and (ii) up to 65% of the Capital Stock of each direct Foreign Subsidiary of Oxford or any Guarantor;
 
(d) deposit accounts (other than the Collateral Account and Trust Monies);
 
(e) equipment and fixtures;
 
(d) intellectual property (other than trademarks and related rights);
 
(h) general intangibles (other than trademarks and related rights);
 
(i) money and cash;
 
(j) commercial tort claims (other than those arising from trademarks and related rights);
 
(k) books and records;
 
(j) supporting obligations; and
 
(l) proceeds of the foregoing.
 
Terms used above that are defined in the UCC generally have the meanings given such terms by the UCC.
 
“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified person, Indebtedness of any other person (1) existing at the time such other person is consolidated or merged with or into, or became a Subsidiary of, such specified person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other person consolidating or merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified person, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other person, in each case, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such acquisition, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquired Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of such other person that is extinguished, retired or repaid concurrently with such other person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, or at the time it is consolidated or merged with or into, such specified person.
 
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified person: (1) any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person; (2) any other person that owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class or series of such specified person’s (or any of such person’s direct or indirect parent’s) Capital Stock or any officer or director of any such specified person or other person or, with respect to any natural person, any person having a relationship with such person by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin; or (3) any other person 10% or more of the Voting Stock of which is beneficially owned or held directly or indirectly by such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “transfer”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of:
 
(1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(3) any other properties or assets (including any transfer by written contract by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other person of any of their rights to receive all or a portion of the proceeds


70


Table of Contents

from the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any such asset or properties) of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business.
 
For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any transfer of properties and assets
 
(A) that is governed by the provisions described under “— Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets,”
 
(B) that is by Oxford to any Restricted Subsidiary or by any Restricted Subsidiary to Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that no transfer of Notes Priority Collateral to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be included in the exception created by this clause (B),
 
(C) that would be within the definition of a “Restricted Payment” under the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant and would be permitted to be made as a Restricted Payment under such covenant,
 
(D) that is a disposition of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof including cash or Cash Equivalents in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof,
 
(E) that are obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or otherwise unsuitable for use in the ordinary course of business,
 
(F) that is the disposition of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
 
(G) that is the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents,
 
(H) that is the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to Oxford or to another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity),
 
(I) that is the sale, transfer or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens pursuant to the provisions described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Liens,”
 
(J) that is the transfer of assets in connection with the Investment permitted by clause (8) or clause (13) of the definition of Permitted Investment,
 
(K) the Fair Market Value of which in the aggregate does not exceed $5 million in any transaction or series of related transactions; or
 
(L) consisting of the licensing of any intellectual property in the ordinary course of business of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
“Average Life to Stated Maturity” means, as of the date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.
 
“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.
 
“Capital Lease Obligation” of any person means any obligation of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis under any capital lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be recorded as a capitalized lease obligation.
 
“Capital Stock” of any person means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such person’s capital stock, other equity interests whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a person that right to receive a share of


71


Table of Contents

the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into Capital Stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock.
 
“Cash Equivalents” means
 
(1) any evidence of Indebtedness issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof,
 
(2) deposits, certificates of deposit or acceptances of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and whose senior unsecured debt is rated at least “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or at least “P-1” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or any respective successor agency,
 
(3) commercial paper with a maturity of 365 days or less issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Oxford) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and rated at least “A-1” by S&P and at least “P-1” by Moody’s or any respective successor agency,
 
(4) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition,
 
(5) demand and time deposits with a domestic commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System that are FDIC insured, and
 
(6) money market funds which invest substantially all of their assets in securities described in the preceding clauses (1) through (5).
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
(1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Oxford;
 
(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of Oxford (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of Oxford was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office;
 
(3) Oxford consolidates with or merges with or into any person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets to any person, or any person consolidates with or merges into or with Oxford, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of Oxford is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where
 
(A) the outstanding Voting Stock of Oxford is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock of the surviving corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock or (2) cash, securities and other property (other than Capital Stock of the surviving corporation) in an amount which could be paid by Oxford as a Restricted Payment as described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” (and such amount shall be treated as a Restricted Payment subject to the provisions in the Indenture described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”) and
 
(B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group,” is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to


72


Table of Contents

have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or
 
(4) Oxford is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction which complies with the provisions described under “— Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets.”
 
For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an equity interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring voting stock of Oxford will be deemed to be a transfer of such portion of such voting stock as corresponds to the portion of the equity of such entity that has been so transferred.
 
“Collateral Account” means the collateral account established pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Documents.
 
“Collateral Agent” means the Trustee, in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the holders of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations together with its successors in such capacity.
 
“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices and which do not increase the amount of Indebtedness or other obligations of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in commodity prices or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder.
 
“Common Stock” means Oxford’s common stock, $1 par value per share.
 
“Company” means Oxford Industries, Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Georgia, until a successor person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor person.
 
“Consolidated EBITDA” means for any period, the sum, without duplication, of Consolidated Net Income (Loss), and (A) in each case to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such period, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense and (iii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges for such period, of such person all determined in accordance with GAAP, less (B) (i) all non-cash items increasing or decreasing Consolidated Net Income for such period and (ii) all cash payments during such period relating to Consolidated Non-cash Charges added back to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (A)(iii) or (B)(i) above in any prior period for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such prior period; provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall exclude (x) gain or loss on early retirement of Indebtedness and (y) any charges incurred as a result of LIFO adjustments.
 
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of any person means, for any period of the most recent four fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of Oxford are available (the “Four Quarter Period”), the ratio of
 
(a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Four Quarter Period to
 
(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Four Quarter Period (but excluding from Consolidated Interest Expense for this purpose (i) the amortization, expensing or write-off of deferred financing fees relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness and (ii) the accretion of original issue discount on the Notes issued on the Issue Date),
 
in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) after giving pro forma effect to:
 
(1) the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;
 
(2) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such Four Quarter Period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid


73


Table of Contents

or retired at the beginning of such Four Quarter Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such Four Quarter Period);
 
(3) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness or any acquisition occurring at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the related acquisition, assuming such acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period; and
 
(4) any acquisition or disposition by Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of the ordinary course of business, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale, or any related repayment of Indebtedness, in each case since the first day of such Four Quarter Period, and prior to the date of determination, assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;
 
provided that
 
(1) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis and (A) bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire Four Quarter Period and (B) which was not outstanding during the Four Quarter Period which bears, at the option of such person, a fixed or floating rate of interest, shall be computed by applying at the option of such person either the fixed or floating rate;
 
(2) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of such person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable Four Quarter Period; and
 
(3) whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition, such pro forma calculation will be determined in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any successor provision.
 
“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” of any person means, for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such person and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Interest Expense” of any person means, without duplication, for any period, the sum of
 
(a) the interest expense of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation,
 
(1) amortization of debt discount,
 
(2) the net cost (benefit) associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of discounts),
 
(3) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,
 
(4) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance Financing and
 
(5) accrued interest, plus
 
(b) (1) the interest component of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and
 
(2) all capitalized interest of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus
 
(c) the interest expense under any Guaranteed Debt of such person and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not included under clause (a)(4) above, whether or not paid by such person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus


74


Table of Contents

(d) dividend requirements of Oxford with respect to Redeemable Capital Stock and of any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Preferred Stock (except, in either case, dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be).
 
“Consolidated Net Income (Loss)” of any person means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by excluding, without duplication,
 
(1) all extraordinary gains or losses net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto),
 
(2) the portion of net income (or loss) of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated persons or Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such person or one of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries,
 
(3) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan,
 
(4) gains or losses, net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business,
 
(5) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter, any agreement, or applicable law, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary,
 
(6) any net gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any securities or extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Indebtedness of such person,
 
(7) any non-cash goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 142,
 
(8) any non-cash charges incurred relating to the underfunded portion of any pension plan,
 
(9) any non-cash charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123,
 
(10) all deferred Financing costs written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness,
 
(11) any non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards; and
 
(12) any non-cash impairment charges recorded with respect to long-lived assets in connection with the application of SFAS No. 144 and any non-cash write-downs attributable to joint ventures held by Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under APB 19.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” of any person means, for any period, the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting (1) all current liabilities and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles, all as set forth on Oxford’s most recent consolidated balance sheet and computed in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” of any person means, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).
 
“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of Oxford as of such date.


75


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on the date of determination to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four fiscal quarter period ending prior to such date for which Oxford has consolidated financial statements available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
 
“Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated August 15, 2008, as amended, among Oxford and certain of its subsidiaries, as borrowers thereunder, Oxford’s subsidiaries which are guarantors thereof, certain lenders party thereto, and certain agents party thereto, together with the related documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any guarantees, notes and security documents), as such agreement, in whole or in part, in one or more instances, may be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including increasing the amount available for borrowing thereunder and including refinancing with the same or different lenders or agents or any agreement extending the maturity of, or increasing the commitments to extend, Indebtedness or any commitment to extend such Indebtedness, and any successor or replacement agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders).
 
“Credit Facility” means, one or more credit or debt facilities (including, without limitation, any credit or debt facilities provided under the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other debt obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restructured, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including without limitation any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other lenders).
 
“Currency Hedging Agreements” means foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values and that relate to (1) Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or (2) obligations to purchase or sell assets or properties; provided, however, that such Currency Hedging Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness or other obligations of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder.
 
“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value, as set forth in an officer’s certificate, of non-cash consideration received by Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale.
 
“Designation Amount” has the meaning set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”
 
“Discharge of ABL Obligations” has the meaning provided in the Intercreditor Agreement and is generally defined to mean (a) the payment in full in cash of all outstanding ABL Obligations excluding contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims but including, with respect to amounts available to be drawn under outstanding letters of credit issued thereunder (or indemnities or other undertakings issued pursuant thereto in respect of outstanding letters of credit), the cancellation of such letters of credit or the delivery or provision of money or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in compliance with the terms of the Credit Agreement (which shall not exceed an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate undrawn amount of such letters of credit) and (b) the termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement and related loan documents; provided that in connection with the amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement, supplement or other modification from time to


76


Table of Contents

time of the Credit Agreement in connection with the incurrence of additional ABL Obligations, the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall be deemed to have not occurred and references to the “Credit Agreement” above shall thereafter refer to the agreement under which such additional ABL Obligations are incurred.
 
“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the board of directors of Oxford who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.
 
“Equity Offering” means any public offering or private sale for cash of common stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of Oxford (other than public offerings with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions), Form S-8 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions) or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of Oxford).
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
 
“Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean any Person acquired or formed after August 15, 2008 which (i) is a Subsidiary of Oxford, (ii) is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Oxford and (iii) is (or whose parent is) contractually prohibited from becoming a Guarantor or granting a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent or having its Capital Stock pledged to secure the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations; provided, however, if such Subsidiary is not contractually prohibited from taking all of the actions described in clause (iii) above, then it shall be deemed an “Excluded Subsidiary” only with respect to the actions which it or its parent is contractually prohibited from taking.
 
“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the board of directors of Oxford acting in good faith.
 
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Oxford that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or (y) was organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more foreign entities of the type described in clause (x) above and is not a guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc.).
 
“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which were in effect on the Issue Date.
 
“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of Oxford’s Indenture Obligations.
 
“Guaranteed Debt” of any person means, without duplication, all Indebtedness of any other person referred to in the definition of Indebtedness below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such person through an agreement
 
(1) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness,
 
(2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss,
 
(3) to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services without requiring that such property be received or such services be rendered),


77


Table of Contents

(4) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the debtor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency or other financial condition of the debtor or to cause such debtor to achieve certain levels of financial performance or
 
(5) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss;
 
provided that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.
 
“Guarantor” means any Subsidiary which is a guarantor of the Notes, including any person that is required after the Issue Date to execute a guarantee of the notes pursuant to the “Additional Guarantees” covenant until a successor replaces such party pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.
 
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, without duplication,
 
(1) all indebtedness of such person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person in connection with any letters of credit issued under letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities or other similar facilities,
 
(2) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments,
 
(3) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business,
 
(4) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Hedging Agreements or Commodity Price Protection Agreements of such person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such person at such time),
 
(5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such person,
 
(6) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above of other persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien, upon or with respect to property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such person, even though such person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness,
 
(7) all Guaranteed Debt of such person,
 
(8) all Redeemable Capital Stock issued by such person valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends,
 
(9) all amounts outstanding and other obligations of such person in respect of a Qualified Securitization Transaction, and
 
(10) attributable debt with respect to sale and leaseback transactions.
 
For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined in good faith by the board of directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock.
 
“Indenture Obligations” means the obligations of Oxford and any other obligor under the Indenture or under the Notes, including any Guarantor, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and


78


Table of Contents

payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with the Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the holders under the Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms thereof.
 
“Interest Rate Agreements” means interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Investment” means, with respect to any person, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan (including guarantees), or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities issued by any other person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. “Investment” shall exclude direct or indirect advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on Oxford’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet, endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business and extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. If Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary of Oxford sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Oxford such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such person is no longer a Subsidiary of Oxford (other than the sale of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary), Oxford will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of Oxford’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”
 
“Issue Date” means the original issue date of the old notes under the Indenture.
 
“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, deposit, arrangement, easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired. A person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease Obligation or other title retention agreement.
 
“Maturity” means, when used with respect to the Notes, the date on which the principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as therein provided or as provided in the Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity, the Offer Date or the redemption date and whether by declaration of acceleration, Offer in respect of Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control, call for redemption or otherwise.
 
“Net Cash Proceeds” means
 
(a) with respect to any Asset Sale by any person, the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary) net of
 
(1) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale,
 
(2) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale,
 
(3) except in the case of Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Notes payments made to retire Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of such Asset Sale,


79


Table of Contents

(4) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, distributions and other payments required to be made to minority shareholders, partners or members of such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale,
 
(5) amounts required to be paid to any person (other than Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale,
 
(6) appropriate amounts to be provided by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
 
(b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Subordinated Indebtedness, Capital Stock or options, warrants or rights to purchase Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of attorney’s fees, accountant’s fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.
 
“Non-recourse Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, Indebtedness of such person as to which Oxford and any Restricted Subsidiary may not be directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of Oxford or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness), and which, upon the occurrence of a default with respect to such Indebtedness, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary or cause the payment of Indebtedness of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.
 
“Note Liens” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.
 
“Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Oxford that is not contractually subordinated to the Notes.
 
“Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means obligations under any Additional Notes or any other Indebtedness (whether or not consisting of Additional Notes) secured by the Note Liens; provided that if, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations issued following the Issue Date would exceed $50 million (excluding any Indebtedness secured by the Note Liens in reliance on clause (q) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), then immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to 3.25:1.0; provided that (i) the trustee or agent under such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) Oxford has designated such Indebtedness as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” under the Security Agreement.


80


Table of Contents

“Permitted Business” means the business conducted by Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and the business reasonably related, complementary or ancillary thereto, including reasonably related extensions or expansions thereof.
 
“Permitted Investment” means
 
(1) Investments in Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity and other than a transfer of Notes Priority Collateral to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor) or any person which, as a result of such Investment, (a) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or (b) is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);
 
(2) Indebtedness of Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary described under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;
 
(3) Investments in any of the Notes;
 
(4) Investments in Cash Equivalents;
 
(5) Investments acquired by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale permitted under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sale of Assets” to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted under such covenant;
 
(6) Investments by Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Investment consists of a retained interest in transferred Receivables and Related Assets;
 
(7) (x) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and (y) an Investment in any person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment covered by clause (x) above or this clause (y) in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the Investment under clause (y) is on terms and conditions no less favorable to Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole than the Investment being replaced or refinanced;
 
(8) Investments in a Related Business Entity in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time of up to 2.5% of Oxford’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;
 
(9) Investments in a person whose primary business is a Permitted Business acquired in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock of Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or acquired with the net cash proceeds received by Oxford after the Issue Date from the issuance and sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock of Oxford or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Net Cash Proceeds are used to make such Investment within 30 days of the receipt thereof and the amount of all such Net Cash Proceeds will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
 
(10) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;
 
(11) loans or advances to employees of Oxford in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;
 
(12) any Investments received in good faith in settlement or compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; and
 
(13) other Investments in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time of up to $15 million.


81


Table of Contents

In connection with any assets or property contributed or transferred to any person as an Investment, such property and assets shall be equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined by Oxford’s Board of Directors) at the time of Investment.
 
“Permitted Lien” means:
 
(a) any Lien existing as of the Issue Date on Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date;
 
(b) any Lien with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility so long as the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any successor Credit Facility does not exceed the principal amount which could be borrowed under clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;
 
(c) any Lien arising by reason of
 
(1) any judgment, decree or order of any court, so long as such Lien is promptly adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;
 
(2) taxes not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith;
 
(3) security for payment of workers’ compensation or other insurance;
 
(4) good faith deposits in connection with tenders, leases, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money);
 
(5) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, title defects, rights of others for rights of way, utilities, sewers, electric lines, telephone or telegraph lines, and other similar purposes, provisions, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), none of which materially impairs the use of any parcel of property material to the operation of the business of Oxford or any Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;
 
(6) deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or in lieu of surety or appeal bonds; or
 
(7) operation of law in favor of mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, materialmen, laborers, employees or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof;
 
(d) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not created in connection with, or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by Oxford or any Subsidiary and which does not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired;
 
(e) any Lien to secure the performance bids, trade contracts, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord’s liens), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, letters of credit and other obligations of a like nature and incurred in the ordinary course of business of Oxford or any Subsidiary;
 
(f) any Lien securing obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Price Protection Agreements and Currency Hedging Agreements;
 
(g) any Lien securing Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations incurred in accordance with the Indenture (including clause (8) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness);
 
(h) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Oxford or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;


82


Table of Contents

(i) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:
 
(1) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by Oxford in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law; and
 
(2) such deposit account is not intended by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;
 
(j) Liens on property, assets or shares of stock of a person at the time such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto;
 
(k) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Oxford or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);
 
(l) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees issued on the Issue Date (and any exchange Notes and related Guarantees issued in exchange therefor);
 
(m) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
 
(n) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted by “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness”;
 
(o) Liens securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations;
 
(p) any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (m) and this clause (p) so long as no additional collateral is granted as security thereby; and
 
(q) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (a) through (p) above, Liens of Oxford and its Restricted Subsidiaries on Indebtedness in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other Liens on Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (q) and then outstanding will not exceed 7.5% of Oxford’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.
 
“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any person, any Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such person, over the Capital Stock of any other class in such person.
 
“Purchase Money Obligation” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on assets related to the business of Oxford and any additions and accessions thereto, which are purchased or constructed by Oxford at any time after the Issue Date; provided that
 
(1) the security agreement or conditional sales or other title retention contract pursuant to which the Lien on such assets is created (collectively a “Purchase Money Security Agreement”) shall be entered into within 360 days after the purchase or substantial completion of the construction of such assets and shall at all times be confined solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom,
 
(2) at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby be increased, except in connection with the purchase of additions and accessions thereto and except in respect of fees and other obligations in respect of such Indebtedness and


83


Table of Contents

(3) (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby (determined on a per asset basis in the case of any additions and accessions) shall not at the time such Purchase Money Security Agreement is entered into exceed 100% of the purchase price to Oxford of the assets subject thereto or (B) the Indebtedness secured thereby shall be with recourse solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom.
 
“Qualified Capital Stock” of any person means any and all Capital Stock of such person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.
 
“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which (a) Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets and (b) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other person, or grants a security interest in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry which is used to achieve a transfer of financial assets under GAAP.
 
“Receivables and Related Assets” means any account receivable (whether now existing or arising thereafter) of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interest are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transaction involving accounts receivable.
 
“Redeemable Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, either by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable (at the option of the holders thereof), is or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed (at the option of the holders thereof) prior to the Maturity of the Notes (other than upon a change of control of or sale of assets by Oxford in circumstances where the holders of the notes would have similar rights), or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to the Maturity of the Notes at the option of the holder thereof.
 
“Related Business Entity” means
 
(1) any corporation at least 35% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Oxford, or
 
(2) any other person in which Oxford, directly or indirectly, has at least 35% of the outstanding partnership, equity or other similar interests,
 
which, in the case of (1) or (2) above, conducts its principal business in a Permitted Business.
 
“Replacement Assets” means properties or assets to replace the properties or assets that were the subject of an Asset Sale or properties and assets that will be used in businesses of Oxford or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, existing at the time such assets are sold or in Capital Stock of a person, the principal portion of whose assets consist of such property or assets; provided that in the case of a sale of Notes Priority Collateral such replacement properties or assets constitute Collateral (and in the case of a sale of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such properties or assets constitute Notes Priority Collateral).
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Oxford that has not been designated by the board of directors of Oxford by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
 
“Securitization Entity” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or another person in which Oxford or any Subsidiary of Oxford makes an Investment and to which Oxford or any Subsidiary of Oxford transfers Receivables and Related Assets) that, in the case of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, engages in no


84


Table of Contents

activities other than in connection with the Financing of Receivables and Related Assets and that is designated by the Board of Directors of Oxford (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and:
 
(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:
 
(1) is guaranteed by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);
 
(2) is recourse to or obligates Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or
 
(3) subjects any property or asset of Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;
 
(b) with which neither Oxford nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to Oxford or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from persons that are not Affiliates of Oxford, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable of such entity;
 
(c) to which neither Oxford nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results; and
 
(d) such entity is a Qualified Special Purpose Entity in accordance with GAAP.
 
Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of Oxford giving effect to the designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the Indenture.
 
“Security Agreement” means the security agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date between the Collateral Agent, Oxford and the Guarantors as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.
 
“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
 
“Senior Secured Note Documents” means the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents.
 
“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies at such time as a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as in effect on the Issue Date).
 
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Oxford or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.
 
“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.
 
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Oxford or a Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, as the case may be.


85


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary” of a person means
 
(1) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such person, or by such person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, or
 
(2) any limited partnership of which such person or any Subsidiary of such person is a general partner, or
 
(3) any other person in which such person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such person, or such person and one or more other Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has more than 50% of the outstanding partnership or similar interests or has the power, by contract or otherwise, to direct or cause the direction of the policies, management and affairs thereof.
 
“Tommy Bahama Collateral” means any Notes Priority Collateral (i) consisting of the Tommy Bahama trademarks and related rights or (ii) which was acquired with the proceeds of the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale of Notes Priority Collateral described in clause (i).
 
“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute.
 
“Trust Monies” means all cash and Cash Equivalents:
 
(1) received by the Company upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture or the Security Documents in connection with any Asset Sale; or
 
(2) received by the Collateral Agent as proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation or other realization of or from all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the Indenture or any of the Security Documents;
 
provided, however, that Trust Monies shall in no event include any property deposited with the Trustee for any redemption, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of Notes, for the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or to pay the purchase price of notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to an Offer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and shall not include any cash received or applicable by the Trustee in payment of its fees and expenses (or, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, any amounts attributable to ABL Priority Collateral).
 
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
 
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Oxford (other than a Guarantor) designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”
 
“Voting Stock” of a person means Capital Stock of such person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).
 
“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which is owned by Oxford or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares).


86


Table of Contents

 
BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE
 
The Global Notes
 
The new notes will be issued in the form of one or more registered notes in global form, without interest coupons (the “global notes”). Upon issuance, each of the global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
 
Ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“DTC participants”) or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:
 
  •  upon deposit of each global note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note to the accounts of the DTC participants; and
 
  •  ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global note).
 
Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.
 
Book-entry Procedures for the Global Notes
 
All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of DTC are controlled by DTC and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the initial purchasers are responsible for those operations or procedures.
 
DTC has advised us that it is:
 
  •  a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;
 
  •  a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;
 
  •  a member of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  •  a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and
 
  •  a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
 
DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.
 
So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:
 
  •  will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;
 
  •  will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and


87


Table of Contents

 
  •  will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the indenture.
 
As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).
 
Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.
 
Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.
 
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. If the laws of a jurisdiction require that certain persons take physical delivery of securities in definitive form, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global note to such persons may be limited. Because DTC can only act on behalf of participants, who in turn act on behalf of indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a person holding a beneficial interest in a global note to pledge its interest to a person or entity that does not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of its interest, may be affected by the lack of a physical security.
 
DTC has agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in DTC. However, DTC is not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing its operations.
 
Certificated Notes
 
New notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:
 
  •  DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;
 
  •  DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;
 
  •  we, at our option, notify the trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or
 
  •  certain other events provided in the indenture should occur.
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of a new note, the holding period of the new note will include the holding period of the old note exchanged therefor, and the basis of the new note will be the same as the basis of the old note immediately before the exchange.
 
In any event, persons considering the exchange of old notes for new notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.


88


Table of Contents

 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with secondary resales of new notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated or similar no-action letters. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes only where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until          , 2009, all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
 
For a period of 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the new notes will be passed upon for us by King & Spalding LLP, New York, New York.
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements and schedule included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 2009, and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2009 as set forth in their reports, which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement. Our financial statements and schedule are incorporate by reference in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS
 
This prospectus incorporates important financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. Any statement contained in this prospectus or in a document incorporated by reference herein will be deemed


89


Table of Contents

to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document that is also incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus. The following documents filed by us under the Exchange Act, and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (other than Current Reports furnished under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 (including any financial statements or exhibits relating thereto furnish pursuant to Item 9.01) of Form 8-K), are incorporated by reference into this prospectus as of their respective dates of filing:
 
  •  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009;
 
  •  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 2, 2009;
 
  •  Our Proxy Statement related to the annual meeting held on June 15, 2009, filed on May 11,2009; and
 
  •  Our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2009, June 17, 2009 and July 1, 2009;
 
As explained below in “Where You Can Find More Information,” these incorporated documents (as well as other documents filed by us under the Exchange Act) are available at the SEC and may be accessed in a number of ways, including online via the Internet. In addition, we will provide without charge to each recipient of this prospectus, upon written request, a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference. Requests should be directed to:
 
Investor Relations Department
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30308
info@oxfordinc.com
(404) 659-2424
 
Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus do not purport to be complete and, where reference is made to the particular provisions of such contract or other document, such provisions are qualified in all respects to all of the provisions of such contract or other document.
 
You should rely only on the information provided in this document or incorporated into this document by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information in this document is accurate as of any date other than that on the front cover of this document. You should not assume that the information in the documents incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than their respective dates.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, which means that we are required to file reports, proxy statements, and other information, all of which are available at the Public Reference Section of the SEC at Room 1580, 100 F. Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the reports, proxy statements, and other information from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, at prescribed rates, by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet website at http://www.sec.gov where you can access reports, proxy, information and registration statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC through the IDEA system.
 
We also maintain an Internet website at http://www.oxfordinc.com, which provides additional information about us through which you can also access our SEC filings. The information set forth on our website is not part of this prospectus.


90


Table of Contents

Each person receiving this prospectus acknowledges that he has been afforded an opportunity to request from us, and to review, and has received, all information considered by him to be necessary to consider whether or not to purchase the Notes offered hereby. We will provide, without charge, to each person to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon that person’s written or oral request, a copy of the Indenture and/or any other agreement or document related to the Notes or referred to or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Any such request should be delivered to:
 
Investor Relations Department
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30308
info@oxfordinc.com
(404) 659-2424


91


Table of Contents

(OXFORD INDUSTRIES LOGO)
 
Offer to Exchange
 
Up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of our 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
and the guarantees thereof which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for a like amount of our outstanding
11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
and the guarantees thereof.
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
Until the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

 
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Registrants incorporated in Delaware
 
With respect to the registrants incorporated in Delaware, Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.
 
Further subsections of DGCL Section 145 provide that:
 
  •  to the extent a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith;
 
  •  the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for pursuant to Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; and
 
  •  the corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance of behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145.
 
As used in this Item 20, the term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of Registrant, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise.
 
Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the indemnification of officers and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and directors of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware under certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the


II-1


Table of Contents

Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware may, in their discretion, similarly indemnify their employees and agents. The Bylaws of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware will indemnify any and all of its officers, directors, employees and agents. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation of each of the registrants incorporated in Delaware relieves its directors from monetary damages to it or its stockholders for breach of such director’s fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, a corporation may relieve its directors from personal liability to such corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or negligent violations of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemptions and dividends, or (v) for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC
 
Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act provides that, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a Delaware limited liability company may, and has the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.
 
The operating agreement of Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC provides that the company shall indemnify and hold harmless, and may advance expenses to each member, director and officer from and against all claims and demands incurred in connection with the good faith discharge of such individual’s obligations under the agreement. However, no indemnification shall be made is a final adjudication adverse to such individual establishes that either (i) the individual’s acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (ii) the individual personally gained a financial profit or other advantage to which they were not legally entitled.
 
Oxford Industries, Inc., Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc. and Oxford International, Inc.
 
With respect to the registrants incorporated in Georgia, Section 14-2-851 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code (the “GBCC”) empowers us to indemnify a director (including a former director and including a director who is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity) against liability incurred: (i) in a civil proceeding (a) if, in the case of conduct in such director’s capacity as a director, the conduct was in good faith and reasonably believed by such director to be in the best interests of the corporation, and (b) if, in all other cases, the conduct was in good faith and was at least not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and (ii) in a criminal proceeding, if the director had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. Subsection (d) of Section 14-2-851 of the GBCC provides that a corporation may not indemnify a director in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation, except for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding if it is determined that the director has met the relevant standard of conduct under Section 14-2-851, or in connection with any proceeding with respect to conduct for which such director was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by such director, whether or not involving action in such director’s capacity as a director.
 
In addition, Section 14-2-856 of the GBCC permits our articles of incorporation, our bylaws, a contract or a resolution approved or ratified by our shareholders to authorize us to indemnify a director against claims to which the director was a party, including claims by us or in our right (e.g., shareholder derivative action). However, we may not indemnify the director for liability to us or if the director is subjected to injunctive relief in our favor for (i) any misappropriation of a business opportunity belonging to us, (ii) intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law, (iii) unlawful distributions or (iv) receipt of an improper benefit.


II-2


Table of Contents

Section 14-2-852 of the GBCC provides for mandatory indemnification against reasonable expenses incurred by a director who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defending an action to which the director was a party due to his or her status as our director. Section 14-2-854 allows a court, upon application by a director, to order indemnification and/or advancement of expenses if it determines that the director is entitled to indemnification under the GBCC or it determines that indemnification is fair and reasonable even if, among other things, the director has failed to meet the statutory standard of conduct provided under Section 14-2-851.
 
However, the court may not order indemnification in excess of reasonable expenses for liability to us or for receipt of an improper benefit.
 
Section 14-2-857 of the GBCC permits us to indemnify an officer (including a former officer and including an officer who is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity) to the same extent as a director. We may indemnify an officer who is not a director to a further extent by means of our articles of incorporation, bylaws, board resolutions, or by contract. However, we may not indemnify an officer for liability arising from conduct involving misappropriation of a business opportunity of ours, intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law, unlawful distributions, or receipt of an improper benefit. An officer who is not a director is also entitled to mandatory indemnification and may apply for court-ordered indemnification. Section 14-2-858 of the GBCC permits us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our directors and officers against liability incurred by them in their capacities or arising out of their status as our directors and officers, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify or advance expenses to the director or officer for the same liability under the GBCC.
 
The Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc. provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by the GBCC, Oxford Industries, Inc. will indemnify any and all of its officers and directors. The Bylaws of the Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc. and Oxford International, Inc. do not contain provisions regarding indemnification.
 
In addition, Oxford Industries, Inc. carries director and officer liability insurance on behalf of its officer and directors.
 
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc.
 
With respect to Oxford of South Carolina, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of South Carolina, Article 5 of the South Carolina Business Corporation Act of 1988 provides that a corporation may indemnify a past or present director or officer against liability incurred in a proceeding if (a) he acted in good faith, (b) he reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the corporation, that his conduct was in the corporation’s best interest, and (ii) in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation’s best interest, and (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Unless limited by its articles of incorporation, a corporation shall indemnify an officer or director who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which the officer or director is a party (in such capacity) against reasonable expenses incurred in connection with such proceeding. Corporations may not indemnify officers or directors (a) in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the officer or director is adjudged liable to the corporation, or (b) in connection with any other proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the officer or director, whether or not involving action in such person’s official capacity, in which the officer or director is adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the officer or director.
 
The Bylaws of Oxford of South Carolina, Inc. do not contain provisions regarding indemnification.
 
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc.
 
With respect to Viewpoint Marketing, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida, Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporations Act, as amended (the “FBCA”), provides that, in


II-3


Table of Contents

general, a business corporation may indemnify any person who is or was party to any proceeding, other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding, including any appeal thereof, provided certain standards are met, including that such officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the corporation, and provided further that, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the officer or director had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. In the case of proceedings by or in the right of the corporation, the FBCA provides that, in general, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party to any such proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation against and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, including any appeal thereof, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim as to which such person is adjudged liable, unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines upon application that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity. To the extent that any officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any such proceedings, the FBCA provides that the corporation is required to indemnify such officer or director against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. However, the FBCA further provides that, in general, indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of any officer or director if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that his or her actions, or omissions to act, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute: (i) a violation of the criminal law, unless the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that it was unlawful; (ii) a transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; (iii) in the case of a director, a circumstance under which the director has voted for or assented to a distribution made in violation of the FBCA or the corporation’s articles of incorporation or (iv) willful misconduct or a conscious disregard for the best interests of the corporation in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of a stockholder.
 
The Bylaws of Viewpoint Marketing, Inc. provide, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by the FBCA, it will indemnify any and all of its officers or directors.
 
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC
 
With respect to Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, which was an entity formed under the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), Section 8.051 of the TBOC states that: (a) An enterprise shall indemnify a governing person, former governing person, or delegate against reasonable expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with a proceeding in which the person is a respondent because the person is or was a governing person or delegate if the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of the proceeding. (b) A court that determines, in a suit for indemnification, that a governing person, former governing person, or delegate is entitled to indemnification under this section shall order indemnification and award to the person the expenses incurred in securing the indemnification.
 
Section 8.052 states that (a) On application of a governing person, former governing person, or delegate and after notice is provided as required by the court, a court may order an enterprise to indemnify the person to the extent the court determines that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances. (b) This section applies without regard to whether the governing person, former governing person, or delegate applying to the court satisfies the requirements of Section 8.101 or has been found liable: (1) to the enterprise; or (2) because the person improperly received a personal benefit, without regard to whether the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person’s official capacity. (c) The indemnification ordered by the court under this section is limited to reasonable expenses if the governing person, former governing person, or delegate is found liable: (1) to the enterprise; or (2) because the person improperly received a personal benefit, without regard to whether the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person’s official capacity.


II-4


Table of Contents

Section 8.101 states that (a) An enterprise may indemnify a governing person, former governing person, or delegate who was, is, or is threatened to be made a respondent in a proceeding to the extent permitted by Section 8.102 if it is determined in accordance with Section 8.103 that: (1) the person: (A) acted in good faith; (B) reasonably believed: (i) in the case of conduct in the person’s official capacity, that the person’s conduct was in the enterprise’s best interests; and (ii) in any other case, that the person’s conduct was not opposed to the enterprise’s best interests; and (C) in the case of a criminal proceeding, did not have a reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful; (2) with respect to expenses, the amount of expenses other than a judgment is reasonable; and (3) indemnification should be paid. (b) Action taken or omitted by a governing person or delegate with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of the person’s duties for a purpose reasonably believed by the person to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan is for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the enterprise. (c) Action taken or omitted by a delegate to another enterprise for a purpose reasonably believed by the delegate to be in the interest of the other enterprise or its owners or members is for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the enterprise. (d) A person does not fail to meet the standard under Subsection (a)(1) solely because of the termination of a proceeding by: (1) judgment; (2) order; (3) settlement; (4) conviction; or (5) a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent.
 
Section 8.102 states that (a) Subject to Subsection (b), an enterprise may indemnify a governing person, former governing person, or delegate against: (1) a judgment; and (2) expenses, other than a judgment, that are reasonable and actually incurred by the person in connection with a proceeding. (b) Indemnification under this subchapter of a person who is found liable to the enterprise or is found liable because the person improperly received a personal benefit: (1) is limited to reasonable expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding; (2) does not include a judgment, a penalty, a fine, and an excise or similar tax, including an excise tax assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and (3) may not be made in relation to a proceeding in which the person has been found liable for: (A) willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of the person’s duty to the enterprise; (B) breach of the person’s duty of loyalty owed to the enterprise; or (C) an act or omission not committed in good faith that constitutes a breach of a duty owed by the person to the enterprise. (c) A governing person, former governing person, or delegate is considered to have been found liable in relation to a claim, issue, or matter only if the liability is established by an order, including a judgment or decree of a court, and all appeals of the order are exhausted or foreclosed by law.
 
The limited liability agreement of Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC provides, in effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by the TBOC, it will indemnify any and all of its members, managers and officers.
 
Item 21.   Exhibits.
 
The exhibits listed below in the “Index to Exhibits” are part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
 
Item 22.   Undertakings.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually of in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the


II-5


Table of Contents

changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(4) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(5) That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:
 
(i) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of the registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


II-6


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
 
To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.


II-7


Table of Contents

 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
Oxford Industries, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier
J. Hicks Lanier
Chief Executive Officer
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
     
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier

J. Hicks Lanier
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  K. Scott Grassmyer

K. Scott Grassmyer
  Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  Cecil D. Conlee

Cecil D. Conlee
  Director
     
/s/  George C. Guynn

George C. Guynn
  Director
     
/s/  John R. Holder

John R. Holder
  Director
     
/s/  J. Reese Lanier

J. Reese Lanier
  Director
     
/s/  Dennis M. Love

Dennis M. Love
  Director


II-8


Table of Contents

     
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Clarence H. Smith

Clarence H. Smith
  Director
     
/s/  Helen B. Weeks

Helen B. Weeks
  Director
     
/s/  E. Jenner Wood III

E. Jenner Wood III
  Director


II-9


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, each of the undersigned registrants has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc.
Oxford International, Inc.
Oxford Lockbox, Inc.
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc.
SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier
J. Hicks Lanier
President
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
     
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier

J. Hicks Lanier
  President
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
     
/s/  K. Scott Grassmyer

K. Scott Grassmyer
  Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  Thomas C. Chubb III

Thomas C. Chubb III
  Director


II-10


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, each of the undersigned registrants has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
Lionshead Clothing Company
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.
Piedmont Apparel Corporation
Oxford Garment, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier
J. Hicks Lanier
President
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
     
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier

J. Hicks Lanier
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  K. Scott Grassmyer

K. Scott Grassmyer
  Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/  Mary Margaret Heaton

Mary Margaret Heaton
  Director
     
    

Donald McLamb
  Director
     
/s/  Suraj A. Palakshappa

Suraj A. Palakshappa
  Director


II-11


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC
 
  By:  Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.,
as Sole Member
 
  By: 
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier
J. Hicks Lanier
President
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
     
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier

J. Hicks Lanier
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  K. Scott Grassmyer

K. Scott Grassmyer
  Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
of Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.,
Sole Member of the registrant
     
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc., as Sole Member    
     
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier

J. Hicks Lanier
  President


II-12


Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC
 
  By:  Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC,
as Sole Member
 
  By: 
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier
J. Hicks Lanier
President
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and any of them, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the 13th day of July 2009.
 
     
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier

J. Hicks Lanier
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
of Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC,
Sole Member of the registrant
     
/s/  K. Scott Grassmyer

K. Scott Grassmyer
  Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
of Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.,
Sole Member of Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC,
Sole Member of the registrant
     
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC, as Sole Member
   
     
/s/  J. Hicks Lanier

J. Hicks Lanier
  President


II-13


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.
   
 
  2 .1   Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and between The Millwork Trading Co., Ltd., d/b/a Li & Fung USA, and Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(a) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.
  2 .2   Letter Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, by and between The Millwork Trading Co., Ltd., d/b/a Li & Fung USA, and Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(b) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.
  3 .1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003.
  3 .2   By-laws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 15, 2009.
  4 .1*   Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2009, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4 .2*   Form of 11.375% Senior Secured Exchange Note due 2014 (included in Exhibit 4.1 hereto).
  4 .3*   Form of Subsidiary Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1 hereto).
  4 .4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, BB&T Capital Markets, a Division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and PNC Capital Markets LLC. Incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2009.
  5 .1*   Opinion of King & Spalding LLP regarding legality of securities being offered.
  5 .2*   Opinion of Parker Poe Adams & Bernstein LLP, South Carolina counsel to the Company.
  5 .3*   Opinion of Gray Robinson, P.A., Florida counsel to the Company.
  12 .1*   Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  23 .1*   Consent of King & Spalding LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
  23 .2*   Consent of Parker Poe Adams & Bernstein LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2).
  23 .3*   Consent of Gray Robinson, P.A. (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3).
  23 .4*   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
  23 .5*   Consent of Valuation Research Corporation.
  24 .1*   Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages).
  25 .1*   Form T-1, Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee.
  99 .1*   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99 .2*   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
 
* Filed herewith.

EX-4.1 INDENTURE
Exhibit 4.1
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of June 30, 2009
Among
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.,
THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO,
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
11.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
     
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310 (a)(1)
  7.10
(a)(2)
  7.10
(a)(3)
  N.A.
(a)(4)
  N.A.
(a)(5)
  7.10
(b)
  7.10
(c)
  N.A.
311 (a)
  7.11
(b)
  7.11
(c)
  N.A.
312 (a)
  2.05
(b)
  15.03
(c)
  15.03
313 (a)
  7.06
(b)(1)
  N.A.
(b)(2)
  7.06; 7.07
(c)
  7.06; 15.02
(d)
  7.06; 15.02
314 (a)
  4.03; 15.02; 15.05
(b)
  11.05
(c)(1)
  15.04
(c)(2)
  15.04
(c)(3)
  N.A.
(d)
  11.05
(e)
  14.05
(f)
  N.A.
315 (a)
  7.01
(b)
  7.05; 15.02
(c)
  7.01
(d)
  7.01
(e)
  6.14
316 (a)(last sentence)
  2.09
(a)(1)(A)
  6.05
(a)(1)(B)
  6.04
(a)(2)
  N.A.
(b)
  6.07
(c)
  2.12; 9.04
317 (a)(1)
  6.08
(a)(2)
  6.12
(b)
  2.04
318 (a)
  15.01
(b)
  N.A.
(c)
  15.01
 
N.A. means not applicable.
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
      Page  
ARTICLE 1
 
       
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
       
Section 1.01 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
    27  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    27  
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
    28  
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE 2
 
       
THE NOTES
 
       
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
    29  
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
    30  
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
    31  
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    31  
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
    32  
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
    32  
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
    45  
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
    45  
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
    46  
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
    46  
Section 2.11 Cancellation
    46  
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
    46  
Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE 3
 
       
REDEMPTION
 
       
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
    47  
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
    47  
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
    48  
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
    48  
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
    49  
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
    49  
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
    49  
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
    50  
 
       
ARTICLE 4
 
       
COVENANTS
 
       
Section 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest
    50  

-i-


 

         
      Page  
Section 4.02 Corporate Existence
    50  
Section 4.03 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
    51  
Section 4.04 Maintenance of Properties
    51  
Section 4.05 Limitation on Indebtedness
    51  
Section 4.06 Limitation on Restricted Payments
    55  
Section 4.07 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
    58  
Section 4.08 Limitation on Liens
    59  
Section 4.09 Limitation on Sale of Assets
    60  
Section 4.10 Additional Guarantees
    61  
Section 4.11 Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control
    62  
Section 4.12 Limitation on Subsidiary Preferred Stock
    63  
Section 4.13 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
    64  
Section 4.14 Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries
    65  
Section 4.15 Provision of Financial Information
    67  
Section 4.16 Statement by Officers as to Default
    67  
 
       
ARTICLE 5
 
       
SUCCESSORS
 
       
Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets
    68  
Section 5.02 Successor Substituted
    70  
 
       
ARTICLE 6
 
       
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
 
       
Section 6.01 Events of Default
    70  
Section 6.02 Acceleration
    72  
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
    73  
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
    73  
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
    73  
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
    74  
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
    74  
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
    74  
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    74  
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    74  
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    75  
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    75  
Section 6.13 Priorities
    75  
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
    76  
 
       
ARTICLE 7
 
       
TRUSTEE
 
       
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
    76  
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
    77  
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
    78  

-ii- 


 

         
      Page  
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    78  
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
    78  
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
    78  
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
    79  
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
    80  
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
    80  
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
    81  
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
    81  
 
       
ARTICLE 8
 
       
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
       
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    81  
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    81  
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
    82  
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    82  
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    83  
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer
    84  
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
    84  
 
       
ARTICLE 9
 
       
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
       
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    84  
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes
    85  
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    86  
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
    86  
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    87  
Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
    87  
 
       
ARTICLE 10
 
       
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
 
       
Section 10.01 Intercreditor Agreement
    88  
 
       
ARTICLE 11
 
       
COLLATERAL
 
       
Section 11.01 Security Documents
    88  
Section 11.02 Collateral Agent
    88  
Section 11.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken
    89  
Section 11.04 Release of Collateral
    89  
Section 11.05 Filing, Recording and Opinions
    90  
Section 11.06 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
    90  

-iii- 


 

         
      Page  
ARTICLE 12
       
 
       
APPLICATION OF TRUST MONIES
 
       
Section 12.01 Collateral Account
    91  
Section 12.02 Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds in Connection with Reinvestments
    91  
Section 12.03 Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds to Fund an Offer or Release Following an Offer
    92  
Section 12.04 Investment of Trust Monies
    92  
Section 12.05 Application of other Trust Monies
    93  
ARTICLE 13
 
       
GUARANTEES
 
       
Section 13.01 Guarantee
    93  
Section 13.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    94  
Section 13.03 Execution and Delivery
    95  
Section 13.04 Subrogation
    95  
Section 13.05 Benefits Acknowledged
    95  
Section 13.06 Release of Guarantees
    95  
 
       
ARTICLE 14
 
       
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
 
       
Section 14.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
    96  
Section 14.02 Application of Trust Money
    96  
 
       
ARTICLE 15
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
 
       
Section 15.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
    97  
Section 15.02 Notices
    97  
Section 15.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    98  
Section 15.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    98  
Section 15.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    98  
Section 15.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
    99  
Section 15.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    99  
Section 15.08 Governing Law
    99  
Section 15.09 Force Majeure
    99  
Section 15.10 Successors
    99  
Section 15.11 Severability
    99  
Section 15.12 Counterpart Originals
    100  
Section 15.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc
    100  
Section 15.14 Qualification of Indenture
    100  
Section 15.15 USA Patriot Act
    100  

-iv- 


 

         
SCHEDULES
       
 
       
Schedule I            Guarantors
       
 
       
EXHIBITS
       
 
       
Exhibit A            Form of Note
       
Exhibit B            Form of Certificate of Transfer
       
Exhibit B-1         Form of Certificate for Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor
       
Exhibit C            Form of Certificate of Exchange
       
Exhibit D            Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
       

-i-


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of June 30, 2009, among Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Trustee.
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Initial Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;
          WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Company, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer, all in accordance with their respective terms, have been done; and
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions.
          “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend, the OID Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
          “ABL Obligations” means (x) the Indebtedness and other obligations which are secured by a Lien on the Collateral permitted by clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” (or to the extent designated to the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, clause (q) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”) and (y) obligations in respect of “Bank Products” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) that are permitted to be secured pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens.”
          “ABL Priority Collateral” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person (1) existing at the time such other Person is consolidated or merged with or into, or became a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person consolidating or merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, in each case, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such acquisition, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquired Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of such other Person that is extinguished, retired or repaid concurrently with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, or at the time it is consolidated or merged with or into, such specified Person.

 


 

          “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01, 4.05 and 4.08, it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Notes shall not be Additional Notes.
          “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for the redemption date, calculated in accordance with standard market practice.
          “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person: (1) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; (2) any other Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class or series of such specified Person’s (or any of such Person’s direct or indirect parent’s) Capital Stock or any officer or director of any such specified Person or other Person or, with respect to any natural person, any Person having a relationship with such Person by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin; or (3) any other Person 10% or more of the Voting Stock of which is beneficially owned or held directly or indirectly by such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.
          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
          “Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger, consolidation or sale and leaseback transaction) (collectively, a “transfer”), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of:
     (1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
     (3) any other properties or assets (including any transfer by written contract by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any other Person of any of its rights to receive all or a portion of the proceeds from the sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any such asset or properties) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business.
          For the purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any transfer of properties and assets
     (A) that is governed by the provisions of Section 5.01;

-2-


 

     (B) that is by the Issuer to any Restricted Subsidiary or by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that no transfer of Note Priority Collateral to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be included in the exception created by this clause (B),
     (C) that would be within the definition of “Restricted Payment” in Section 4.06 and would be permitted to be made as a Restricted Payment under Section 4.06,
     (D) that is a disposition of Receivables and Related Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof including cash or Cash Equivalents in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof,
     (E) that are obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or otherwise unsuitable for use in the ordinary course of business,
     (F) that is the disposition of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
     (G) that is the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents,
     (H) that is the issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity),
     (I) that is the sale, transfer or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens permitted by Section 4.08,
     (J) that is the transfer of assets in connection with an Investment permitted by clause (8) or clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Investment,”
     (K) the Fair Market Value of which in the aggregate does not exceed $5 million in any transaction or series of related transactions, or
     (L) consisting of the licensing of any intellectual property in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “Average Life to Stated Maturity” means, as of the date of determination with respect to any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.
          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.
          “Board of Directors” means the board of directors or comparable governing body of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or any duly authorized committee of such board or comparable governing body.
          “Business Day” means each day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, the city in which the principal corporate trust office of the

-3-


 

Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.
          “Capital Lease Obligation” of any Person means any obligation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis under any capital lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be recorded as a capitalized lease obligation.
          “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, other equity interests whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date, partnership interests (whether general or limited), limited liability company interests, any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, including any Preferred Stock, and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into Capital Stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such Capital Stock.
          “Cash Equivalents” means
     (1) any evidence of Indebtedness issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof,
     (2) deposits, certificates of deposit or acceptances of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and whose senior unsecured debt is rated at least “A-1” by S&P, or at least “P-1” by Moody’s or any respective successor agency,
     (3) commercial paper with a maturity of 365 days or less issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and rated at least “A-1” by S&P and at least “P-1” by Moody’s or any respective successor agency,
     (4) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within 365 days from the date of acquisition,
     (5) demand and time deposits with a domestic commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System that are FDIC insured, and
     (6) money market funds which invest substantially all of their assets in securities described in the preceding clauses (1) through (5).
     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
     (1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer;

-4-


 

     (2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Issuer (together with any new directors whose election to such board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Issuer was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office;
     (3) the Issuer consolidates with or merges with or into any Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates with or merges into or with the Issuer, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where
     (A) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock of the surviving corporation which is not Redeemable Capital Stock or (2) cash, securities and other property (other than Capital Stock of the surviving corporation) in an amount which could be paid by the Issuer as a Restricted Payment under Section 4.06 (and such amount shall be treated as a Restricted Payment for purposes of Section 4.06) and
     (B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or
     (4) the Issuer is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation or dissolution other than in a transaction which complies with Section 5.01.
For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an equity interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring Voting Stock of the Issuer will be deemed to be a transfer of such portion of such Voting Stock as corresponds to the portion of the equity of such entity that has been so transferred.
          “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.
          “Collateral” means, collectively, all of the property and assets that are from time to time subject to the Lien of (i) the Security Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreement) or (ii) the last sentence of Section 5.4(a) of the Intercreditor Agreement, including the Liens, if any, required pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.
          “Collateral Account” means the collateral account established pursuant to Section 12.01.
          “Collateral Agent” means the Trustee, in its capacity as Collateral Agent for the holders of Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, together with its successors in such capacity.
          “Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices and which does not increase the amount of Indebtedness

-5-


 

or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in commodity prices or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder.
          “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the U.S. Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker that would be used, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes (assuming the Notes matured on July 15, 2012).
          “Comparable Treasury Price” means either (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all quotations obtained.
          “Consolidated EBITDA” means for any period, the sum, without duplication, of Consolidated Net Income (Loss), and (A) in each case to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (Loss) for such period, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) Consolidated Income Tax Expense and (iii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges for such period, of such Person all determined in accordance with GAAP, less (B) (i) all non-cash items increasing or decreasing Consolidated Net Income for such period and (ii) all cash payments during such period relating to Consolidated Non-cash Charges added back to Consolidated Net Income (Loss) pursuant to clause (A)(iii) or (B)(i) above in any prior period for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such prior period; provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall exclude (x) gain or loss on early retirement of Indebtedness and (y) any charges incurred as a result of LIFO adjustments.
          “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” of any Person means, for any period of the most recent four fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available (the “Four Quarter Period”), the ratio of
     (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such Four Quarter Period to
     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Four Quarter Period (but excluding from Consolidated Interest Expense for this purpose (i) the amortization, expensing or write-off of deferred financing fees relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness and (ii) the accretion of original issue discount on the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor),
in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) after giving pro forma effect to:
     (1) the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;
     (2) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such Four Quarter Period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or retired at the beginning of such Four Quarter Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such Four Quarter Period);

-6-


 

     (3) in the case of Acquired Indebtedness or any acquisition occurring at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the related acquisition, assuming such acquisition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period; and
     (4) any acquisition or disposition by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of the ordinary course of business, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale, or any related repayment of Indebtedness, in each case since the first day of such Four Quarter Period and prior to the date of determination, assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day of such Four Quarter Period;
provided that
     (1) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis and (A) bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire Four Quarter Period and (B) which was not outstanding during the Four Quarter Period which bears, at the option of such Person, a fixed or floating rate of interest, shall be computed by applying at the option of such Person either the fixed or floating rate;
     (2) in making such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable Four Quarter Period; and
     (3) whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition, such pro forma calculation will be determined in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any successor provision.
          “Consolidated Income Tax Expense” of any Person means, for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “Consolidated Interest Expense” of any Person means, without duplication, for any period, the sum of
     (a) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation,
     (1) amortization of debt discount,
     (2) the net cost (benefit) associated with Interest Rate Agreements (including amortization of discounts),
     (3) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation,
     (4) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and
     (5) accrued interest, plus

-7-


 

     (b) (1) the interest component of the Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and
     (2) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus
     (c) the interest expense under any Guaranteed Debt of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not included under clause (a)(4) above, whether or not paid by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus
     (d) dividend requirements of the Issuer with respect to Redeemable Capital Stock and of any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Preferred Stock (except, in either case, dividends payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be).
          “Consolidated Net Income (Loss)” of any Person means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income (or loss), by excluding, without duplication,
     (1) all extraordinary gains or losses net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto),
     (2) the portion of net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons or Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries,
     (3) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan,
     (4) gains or losses, net of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), in respect of dispositions of assets other than in the ordinary course of business,
     (5) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter, any agreement or applicable law, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,
     (6) any net gain or loss arising from the acquisition of any securities or extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Indebtedness of such Person,
     (7) any non-cash goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 142,
     (8) any non-cash charges incurred relating to the underfunded portion of any pension plan,
     (9) any non-cash charges resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123,

-8-


 

     (10) all deferred financing costs written off, and premiums paid, in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness,
     (11) any non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards, and
     (12) any non-cash impairment charges recorded with respect to long-lived assets in connection with the application of SFAS No. 144 and any non-cash write-downs attributable to joint ventures held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under APB 19.
          “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” of any Person means, for any period, the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting (1) all current liabilities and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles, all as set forth on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet and computed in accordance with GAAP.
          “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding any non-cash charge which requires an accrual or reserve for cash charges for any future period).
          “Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would be required to be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) of the Issuer as of such date.
          “Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on the date of determination to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four fiscal quarter period, ending prior to such date for which the Issuer has consolidated financial statements available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”
          “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 15.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.
          “Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated August 15, 2008, as amended, among the Issuer and certain of its Subsidiaries, as borrowers thereunder, the Issuer’s Subsidiaries which are guarantors thereof, certain lenders party thereto, and certain agents party thereto, together with the related documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including, without limitation, any guarantees, notes and security documents), as such agreement, in whole or in part, in one or more instances, may be amended, renewed, extended, substituted, refinanced, restructured, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (including increasing the amount available for borrowing thereunder and including refinancing with the same or different lenders or agents or any agreement extending the maturity of, or increasing the commitments to extend, Indebtedness or any commitment to extend such Indebtedness, and any successor or replacement agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders).

-9-


 

          “Credit Facility” means one or more credit or debt facilities (including, without limitation, any credit or debt facilities provided under the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other debt obligations, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restructured, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including without limitation any amendment increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred or available to be borrowed thereunder, extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby or deleting, adding or substituting one or more parties thereto (whether or not such added or substituted parties are banks or other lenders).
          “Currency Hedging Agreements” means foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against the fluctuations in currency values and that relate to (1) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or (2) obligations to purchase or sell assets or properties; provided, however, that such Currency Hedging Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder.
          “Custodian” means the Paying Agent and Registrar, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c), (e) or (f), substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
          “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
          “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale.
          “Discharge of ABL Obligations” has the meaning provided in the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer who does not have any material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of related transactions.
          “Equity Offering” means any public offering or private sale for cash of common stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) of the Issuer (other than public offerings with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions), Form S-8 (or any successor form covering substantially the same transactions) or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Issuer).

-10-


 

          “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
          “Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to Section 2.06(f).
          “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean any Person acquired or formed after August 15, 2008 which (i) is a Subsidiary of the Issuer, (ii) is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Issuer and (iii) is (or whose parent is) contractually prohibited from becoming a Guarantor or granting a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent or having its Capital Stock pledged to secure the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations; provided, however, if such Subsidiary is not contractually prohibited from taking all of the actions described in clause (iii) above, then it shall be deemed an “Excluded Subsidiary” only with respect to the actions which it or its parent is contractually prohibited from taking.
          “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer acting in good faith.
          “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that (x) is not organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or (y) was organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more foreign entities of the type described in clause (x) above and is not a guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc.).
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date.
          “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
          “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d), 2.06(f) or 2.06(j).
          “Government Securities” means securities that are:
     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

-11-


 

     (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
          “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Indenture Obligations made pursuant to Article 13.
          “Guaranteed Debt” of any Person means, without duplication, all Indebtedness of any other Person referred to in the definition of “Indebtedness” below guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement
     (1) to pay or purchase such Indebtedness or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Indebtedness,
     (2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure the holder of such Indebtedness against loss,
     (3) to supply funds to, or in any other manner invest in, the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services without requiring that such property be received or such services be rendered),
     (4) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the debtor, or otherwise to maintain the net worth, solvency or other financial condition of the debtor or to cause such debtor to achieve certain levels of financial performance or
     (5) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss;
provided that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business.
          “Guarantor” means any Subsidiary which is a Guarantor of the Notes, including any Person that is required after the Issue Date to execute a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.10, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Section 5.01 and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.
          “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.
          “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend, and the OID Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

-12-


 

          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
     (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in connection with any letters of credit issued under letter of credit facilities, acceptance facilities or other similar facilities,
     (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments,
     (3) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), but excluding trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business,
     (4) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Hedging Agreements or Commodity Price Protection Agreements of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time),
     (5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person,
     (6) all Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or with respect to property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness,
     (7) all Guaranteed Debt of such Person,
     (8) all Redeemable Capital Stock issued by such Person valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends,
     (9) all amounts outstanding and other obligations of such Person in respect of a Qualified Securitization Transaction, and
     (10) attributable debt with respect to sale and leaseback transactions.
For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Redeemable Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Stock as if such Redeemable Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Redeemable Capital Stock, such Fair Market Value to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Redeemable Capital Stock.
          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “Indenture Obligations” means the obligations of the Issuer and any other obligor under this Indenture or under the Notes, including any Guarantor, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this

-13-


 

Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes, according to the respective terms thereof.
          “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that the Issuer appoints.
          “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
          “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “Initial Purchasers” means Banc of America Securities LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and the other initial purchasers party to the purchase agreement related to the Notes.
          “Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means:
     (1) any case commenced by or against the Issuer or any Guarantor under any Bankruptcy Law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Issuer or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;
     (2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or
     (3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.
          “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.
          “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 30, 2009 by and among SunTrust Bank, as initial ABL Agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as notes agent, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
          “Interest Payment Date” means January 15 and July 15 of each year to Maturity.
          “Interest Rate Agreements” means interest rate protection agreements (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) and/or other types of interest rate hedging agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates in respect of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.
          “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan (including guarantees) or other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase, acquisition or ownership by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures

-14-


 

or other securities issued by, any other Person and all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. “Investment” shall exclude direct or indirect advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet, endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business and extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than the sale of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary), the Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.09.
          “Issue Date” means the original issue date of the Notes under this Indenture.
          “Issuer” means Oxford Industries, Inc, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Georgia, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean such successor Person.
          “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.
          “Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, deposit, arrangement, easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest), real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired. A Person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease Obligation or other title retention agreement.
          “Maturity” means, when used with respect to the Notes, the date on which the principal of the Notes becomes due and payable as therein provided or as provided in this Indenture, whether at Stated Maturity, the Offer Date or the redemption date and whether by declaration of acceleration, Offer in respect of Excess Proceeds, Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control, call for redemption or otherwise.
          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “Net Cash Proceeds” means
     (a) with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the proceeds thereof (without duplication in respect of all Asset Sales) in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) net of
     (1) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale,

-15-


 

     (2) provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale,
     (3) except in the case of Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Notes, payments made to retire Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of such Asset Sale,
     (4) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, distributions and other payments required to be made to minority shareholders, partners or members of such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale,
     (5) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale and
     (6) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
     (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Subordinated Indebtedness, Capital Stock or options, warrants or rights to purchase Capital Stock, or debt securities or Capital Stock that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock as referred to in Section 4.06, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of, or stock or other assets when disposed of for, cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), net of attorney’s fees, accountant’s fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.
          “Non-recourse Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness of such Person as to which the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may not be directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness), and which, upon the occurrence of a default with respect to such Indebtedness, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or cause the payment of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.
          “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
          “Note Liens” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Indenture Obligations and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.
          “Notes” means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture including Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes.

-16-


 

          “Note Priority Collateral” means Collateral constituting Note Priority Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement.
          “Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated June 23, 2009, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable.
          “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor (or, if applicable, such Guarantor’s sole member or general partner) as applicable, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.
          “OID Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iv) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.
          “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is not contractually subordinated to the Notes.
          “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
          “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” means obligations under any Additional Notes or any other Indebtedness (whether or not consisting of Additional Notes) secured by the Note Liens; provided that if, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations issued following the Issue Date would exceed $50 million (excluding any Indebtedness secured by the Note Liens in reliance on clause (q) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), then immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than or equal to 3.25:1.0; provided that (i) the trustee or agent under such Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligation executes a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Issuer has designated such Indebtedness as “Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations” under the Security Agreement.
          “Permitted Business” means the business conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and the business reasonably related, complementary or ancillary thereto, including reasonably related extensions or expansions thereof.

-17-


 

          “Permitted Investment” means
     (1) Investments in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity and other than a transfer of Note Priority Collateral to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor) or any Person which, as a result of such Investment, (a) becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) or (b) is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);
     (2) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary described under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;
     (3) Investments in any of the Notes;
     (4) Investments in Cash Equivalents;
     (5) Investments acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale permitted by Section 4.09 to the extent such Investments are non-cash proceeds as permitted thereunder;
     (6) Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Investment consists of a retained interest in transferred Receivables and Related Assets;
     (7) (x) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and (y) an Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment covered by clause (x) above or this clause (y) in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the Investment under clause (y) is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole than the Investment being replaced or refinanced;
     (8) Investments in a Related Business Entity in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time of up to 2.5% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;
     (9) Investments in a Person whose primary business is a Permitted Business acquired in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or acquired with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from the issuance and sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Net Cash Proceeds are used to make such Investment within 30 days of the receipt thereof and the amount of all such Net Cash Proceeds will be excluded from Section 4.06(a)(3)(B);
     (10) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;
     (11) loans or advances to employees of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law;

-18-


 

     (12) any Investments received in good faith in settlement or compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; and
     (13) other Investments in the aggregate amount outstanding at any one time of up to $15 million.
In connection with any assets or property contributed or transferred to any Person as an Investment, such property and assets shall be equal to the Fair Market Value at the time of Investment.
          “Permitted Lien” means:
     (a) any Lien existing as of the Issue Date on Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date;
     (b) any Lien with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility so long as the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any successor Credit Facility does not exceed the principal amount which could be borrowed under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;
     (c) any Lien arising by reason of
     (1) any judgment, decree or order of any court, so long as such Lien is promptly adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;
     (2) taxes not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith;
     (3) security for payment of workers’ compensation or other insurance;
     (4) good faith deposits in connection with tenders, leases or contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money);
     (5) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, title defects, rights of others for rights of way, utilities, sewers, electric lines, telephone or telegraph lines, and other similar purposes, provisions, covenants, conditions, waivers, restrictions on the use of property or minor irregularities of title (and with respect to leasehold interests, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of the leased property, with or without consent of the lessee), none of which materially impairs the use of any parcel of property material to the operation of the business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purpose of such business;
     (6) deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, or in lieu of surety or appeal bonds; or
     (7) operation of law in favor of mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, materialmen, laborers, employees or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of

-19-


 

business for sums which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof;
     (d) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not created in connection with or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or any Subsidiary and which does not extend to any assets other than the assets acquired;
     (e) any Lien to secure the performance bids, trade contracts, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord’s liens), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, letters of credit and other obligations of a like nature and incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary;
     (f) any Lien securing obligations under Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Price Protection Agreements and Currency Hedging Agreements;
     (g) any Lien securing Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations incurred in accordance with this Indenture (including clause (8) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”);
     (h) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (i) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:
     (1) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other applicable law; and
     (2) such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;
     (j) Liens on property, assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and assets fixed or appurtenant thereto;
     (k) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity);
     (l) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees issued on the Issue Date (and any Exchange Notes and related Guarantees issued in exchange therefor);
     (m) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
     (n) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted by Section 4.05;
     (o) Liens securing Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations;

-20-


 

     (p) any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (m) and this clause (p) so long as no additional collateral is granted as security thereby; and
     (q) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (a) through (p) above, Liens of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on Indebtedness in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with the aggregate amount of all other Liens on Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (q) and then outstanding, will not exceed 7.5% of the Issuer’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “plan of reorganization” means any plan of reorganization, plan of liquidation, agreement for composition, or other type of plan of arrangement proposed in or in connection with any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.
          “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over the Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.
          “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
          “Purchase Money Obligation” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on assets related to the business of the Issuer and any additions and accessions thereto, which are purchased or constructed by the Issuer at any time after the Issue Date; provided that
     (1) the security agreement or conditional sales or other title retention contract pursuant to which the Lien on such assets is created (collectively a “Purchase Money Security Agreement”) shall be entered into within 360 days after the purchase or substantial completion of the construction of such assets and shall at all times be confined solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom,
     (2) at no time shall the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Indebtedness secured thereby be increased, except in connection with the purchase of additions and accessions thereto and except in respect of fees and other obligations in respect of such Indebtedness, and
     (3) (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby (determined on a per asset basis in the case of any additions and accessions) shall not at the time such Purchase Money Security Agreement is entered into exceed 100% of the purchase price to the Issuer of the assets subject thereto or (B) the Indebtedness secured thereby shall be with recourse solely to the assets so purchased or acquired, any additions and accessions thereto and any proceeds therefrom.
          “Purchase Money Security Agreement” has the meaning ascribed thereto under the definition of “Purchase Money Obligation.”

-21-


 

          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “Qualified Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all Capital Stock of such Person other than Redeemable Capital Stock.
          “Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which (a) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Securitization Entity its interests in Receivables and Related Assets and (b) such Securitization Entity transfers to any other Person, or grants a security interest in, such Receivables and Related Assets, pursuant to a transaction customary in the industry which is used to achieve a transfer of financial assets under GAAP.
          “Receivables and Related Assets” means any account receivable (whether now existing or arising hereafter) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an asset securitization transaction involving accounts receivable.
          “Record Date” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “Redeemable Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that, either by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable (at the option of the holders thereof), is, or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed (at the option of the holders thereof) prior to the Maturity of the Notes (other than upon a change of control of or sale of assets by the Issuer in circumstances where the Holders of the Notes would have similar rights), or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to the Maturity of the Notes at the option of the holder thereof.
          “Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to any provision in this Indenture means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of Banc of America Securities LLC (and its successors) and any other nationally recognized investment banking firm specified from time to time by the Issuer that is a primary U.S. government securities dealer.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer as of 3:30 p.m., New York time, on the third business day preceding the redemption date.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to have the exchange or resale of such Additional Notes registered under the Securities Act.

-22-


 

          “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the OID Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.
          “Related Business Entity” means
     (1) any corporation at least 35% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer, or
     (2) any other Person in which the Issuer, directly or indirectly, has at least 35% of the outstanding partnership, equity or other similar interests,
which, in the case of (1) or (2) above, conducts its principal business as a Permitted Business.
          “Replacement Assets” means properties or assets to replace the properties or assets that were the subject of an Asset Sale or properties and assets that will be used in businesses of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, existing at the time such assets are sold or Capital Stock of a Person, the principal portion of whose assets consist of such property or assets; provided that in the case of a sale of Note Priority Collateral such replacement properties or assets constitute Collateral (and in the case of a sale of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such properties or assets constitute Note Priority Collateral).
          “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the OID Legend.
          “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and the OID Legend.
          “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
          “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that has not been designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.14.
          “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

-23-


 

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
          “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
          “Securitization Entity” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or another Person in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers Receivables and Related Assets) that, in the case of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and Related Assets and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity and:
     (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:
     (1) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);
     (2) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or
     (3) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;
     (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable of such entity;
     (c) to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (other than such Securitization Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results; and
     (d) such entity is a qualified special purpose entity in accordance with GAAP.
          Any designation of a Subsidiary as a Securitization Entity shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to the designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by this Indenture.
          “Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

-24-


 

          “Security Documents” means the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
          “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Significant Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Restricted Subsidiary that qualifies at such time as a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as in effect on the Issue Date).
          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.
          “Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.
          “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, as the case may be.
          “Subsidiary” of a Person means
     (1) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof, or
     (2) any limited partnership of which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner, or
     (3) any other Person in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, have more than 50% of the outstanding partnership or similar interests or have the power, by contract or otherwise, to direct or cause the direction of the policies, management and affairs thereof.
          “Tommy Bahama Collateral” means any Note Priority Collateral (i) consisting of the Tommy Bahama trademarks and related rights or (ii) which was acquired with the proceeds of the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale of Note Priority Collateral described in clause (i).
          “Transfer Agent” means the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Transfer Agent, and any and all successors thereto, to receive on behalf of the Registrar any Notes or Exchange Notes for transfer or exchange pursuant to this Indenture.
          “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or any successor statute.

-25-


 

          “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with Section 7.08 and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “Trust Monies” means all cash and Cash Equivalents:
     (1) received by the Issuer upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture or the Security Documents in connection with any Asset Sale; or
     (2) received by the Collateral Agent as proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation or other realization of or from all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to this Indenture or any of the Security Documents;
provided, however, that Trust Monies shall in no event include any property deposited with the Trustee for any redemption, Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Notes, for the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or to pay the purchase price of Notes and any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to an Offer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and shall not include any cash received or applicable by the Trustee in payment of its fees and expenses (or, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, any amounts attributable to ABL Priority Collateral).
          “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.
          “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and the OID Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than a Guarantor) designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.14.
          “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
          “Voting Stock” of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).
          “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Issuer or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares).

-26-


 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions.
         
Term   Defined in Section
“Authentication Order”
    2.02  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.11  
“Change of Control Purchase Date”
    4.11  
“Change of Control Purchase Notice”
    4.11  
“Change of Control Purchase Price”
    4.11  
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.03  
“Designation Amount”
    4.14  
“DTC”
    2.03  
“Event of Default”
    6.01  
“Excess Proceeds”
    4.09  
“incur”
    4.05  
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.02  
“Note Register”
    2.03  
“Offer”
    4.09  
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Permitted Indebtedness”
    4.05  
“Permitted Payment”
    4.06  
“refinancing”
    4.05  
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Required Filing Date”
    4.15  
“Restricted Payment”
    4.06  
“Surviving Entity”
    5.01  
“Surviving Guarantor Entity”
    5.01  
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
          The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
     “indenture securities” means the Notes;
     “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;
     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and
     “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

-27-


 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction.
     Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
     (e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
     (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
     (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and
     (i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders.
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

-28-


 

          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
          (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
          (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
          (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.
          (h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms.
          (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

-29-


 

          (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.
          (c) [Reserved]
          (d) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Offer as provided in Section 4.09 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.11. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.
          Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than with respect to the purchase price thereof and the date from which the interest accrues) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.05 and Section 4.08. Except as described under Article 9, the Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture include any Additional Notes that are actually issued. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
          (e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.
          At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

-30-


 

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
          A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form provided for in Exhibit A attached hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
          On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an issuer order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any (i) Additional Notes and (ii) Exchange Notes or private exchange notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer or a private exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes. Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.05 and Section 4.08.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.
          The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”), including an office or agency for such purposes in the City of New York, which shall initially be the corporate trust office of the Trustee located in the City of New York. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
          The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Notes and the Registrar to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
          The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further

-31-


 

liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists.
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days, (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes or (iii) the Issuer in its sole discretion executes and delivers an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c), (e) or (f). A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b), (c), (f) and (j).
          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
     (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial

-32-


 

Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).
     (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903; provided, further, that in no event shall a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note be credited, or an Unrestricted Definitive Note be issued, to a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h).
     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) and the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) of Exhibit B, if applicable.
     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global

-33-


 

Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) and:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or
     (E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.
     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B), (D) or (E) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B), (D) or (E) above.
     Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

-34-


 

     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
                    (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
     (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;
     (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, or
     (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

-35-


 

          (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C), a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period.
          (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
     (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or
     (E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.
          (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to

-36-


 

the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.
          (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
     (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
     (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
     (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
     (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;
     (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, or
     (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note and, in the case of clause (G) above, the applicable IAI Global Note.

-37-


 

          (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:
     (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or
     (E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.
          Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
          (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
          If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not

-38-


 

yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
          (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):
     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
     (A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
     (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
     (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
     (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
     (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (D) the Registrar receives the following:

-39-


 

     (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
     (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act; or
     (E) such transfer is effected pursuant to an automatic exchange in accordance with Section 2.06(j) of this Indenture.
     (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
          (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of an Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with an Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.
          (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
               (i) Private Placement Legend.
     (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
     “THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR

-40-


 

OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT:
   (A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY:
   (i)(a) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER CERTIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS),
   (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR
   (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
   AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE BY THE HOLDER OR BY ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL; AND
   (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.
        (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii), (f) or (j) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

-41-


 

     (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
     (iii) IAI Note Legend. Each Definitive Note held by an Institutional Accredited Investor shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”
     (iv) OID Legend. Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

-42-


 

“THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTES BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUER AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC., 222 PIEDMONT AVENUE, N.E., ATLANTA GEORGIA 30308, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.”
     (v) ERISA Legend. Each Note issued hereunder shall bear shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED OR HELD WITH THE ASSETS OF (I) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA, (II) A “PLAN” WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (III) ANY ENTITY DEEMED UNDER ERISA TO HOLD “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY, OR (IV) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SIMILAR IN PURPOSE OR EFFECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”), UNLESS THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE BY THE PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE, THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS THIS NOTE, ARE EXEMPT FROM THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RESTRICTIONS UNDER ERISA AND SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR ANY PROVISIONS OF SIMILAR LAW, AS APPLICABLE, PURSUANT TO ONE OR MORE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTIONS. BY ITS ACQUISITION OR HOLDING OF THIS NOTE, EACH PURCHASER AND TRANSFEREE WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED.”
          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction. If the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
          (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

-43-


 

          (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.
          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 3.10, 4.09, 4.11 and 9.05).
          (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
          (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
          (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
          (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
          (vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
          (viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.
          (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
          (j) Automatic Exchange from Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Global Note. At the option of the Issuer and upon compliance with the following procedures, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. In

-44-


 

order to effect such exchange, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee instructing the Trustee to (i) direct the Depositary to transfer the specified amount of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note and provide the Depositary with all such information as is necessary for the Depositary to appropriately credit and debit the relevant Holder accounts and (ii) provide prior written notice to all Holders of such exchange, which notice must include the date such exchange is proposed to occur, the CUSIP number of the relevant Restricted Global Note and the CUSIP number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holders’ beneficial interests will be exchanged. As a condition to any such exchange pursuant to this Section 2.06(j), the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer, and rely upon conclusively without any liability, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to the effect that such transfer of beneficial interests to the Unrestricted Global Note shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act. The Issuer may request from Holders such information it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.06(j), the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date of such transfer and a decrease and increase, respectively, in the principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note and the Unrestricted Global Note, respectively, equal to the principal amount of beneficial interests transferred. Following any such transfer pursuant to this Section 2.06(j) of all of the beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note, such Restricted Global Note shall be cancelled.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.
          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and/or the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.
          Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.
          The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.
          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on

-45-


 

and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.
          Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
          Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation.
          The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.
          If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less

-46-


 

than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.
          If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as is agreed to by the Trustee) before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar and Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) or otherwise, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Registrar and Paying Agent from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
          The Registrar and Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall

-47-


 

be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.
          Subject to Sections 3.09 and 3.10, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 14. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
          (a) the Redemption Date;
          (b) the redemption price;
          (c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;
          (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
          (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
          (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
          (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
          (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in

-48-


 

the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
          Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
          If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.
          (a) At any time prior to July 15, 2012, the Issuer may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to the greater of: (x) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, and (y) as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of 105.688% of the principal of the Notes being redeemed plus scheduled payments of interest (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the date of redemption) from the Redemption Date to July 15, 2012 discounted to the Redemption Date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.
          (b) On or after July 15, 2012, the Issuer may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with

-49-


 

accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning July 15 of the years indicated below:
         
    Redemption
Year   Pice
2012
    105.688 %
2013
    102.844 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          (c) In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2012, the Issuer, at its option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 111.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% of the initial aggregate principal amount of Notes must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and the Issuer must complete such redemption within 90 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.
          (d) In addition to the Issuer’s rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Issuer may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise.
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.
          The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.
          The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.
Section 4.02 Corporate Existence.
          Subject to Section 5.01, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence and related rights and franchises (charter and statutory) of the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise or the corporate existence of any such Restricted Subsidiary if the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole and that the loss thereof could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations hereunder; and provided, further, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a sale, transfer or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

-50-


 

Section 4.03 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
          The Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, on or before the date the same shall become due and payable, (a) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shown to be due on any return of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise assessed or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if failure to pay or discharge the same could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuer or any Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for any Lien permitted to be incurred under Section 4.08, if failure to pay or discharge the same could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuer or any Guarantor to perform its obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted and in respect of which appropriate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer) are being maintained in accordance with GAAP.
Section 4.04 Maintenance of Properties.
          The Issuer shall cause all material properties owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Issuer from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is in the ordinary course of business or, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and not reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations hereunder; and provided, further, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a sale, transfer or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its properties or assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.
Section 4.05 Limitation on Indebtedness.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise in any manner become directly or indirectly liable for, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), any Indebtedness (including any Acquired Indebtedness), unless such Indebtedness is incurred by the Issuer or any Guarantor or constitutes Acquired Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, the Issuer’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which consolidated financial statements are available immediately preceding the incurrence of such Indebtedness taken as one period is at least equal to or greater than 2.0:1.0.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.05(a), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur the following (collectively, the “Permitted Indebtedness”):
     (1) Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of:

-51-


 

     (A) $275.0 million, less, without duplication, (i) any permanent repayment thereof or permanent reduction in commitments thereunder from the proceeds of one or more asset sales which are used to repay a Credit Facility pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(i) and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at the date of determination pursuant to Section 4.05(b)(9); or
     (B) (i) 85% of accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any Receivables and Related Assets sold, conveyed or otherwise transferred to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction) as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which consolidated financial statements are available, plus (ii) 60% of inventory of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which consolidated financial statements are available;
     (2) Indebtedness pursuant to (A) the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and any Guarantee of the Notes, and (B) any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and any Guarantee of the Exchange Notes;
     (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date other than Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) or (2) above or clause (11)(y) of Section 4.05(b);
     (4) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor incurred after the Issue Date is unsecured and is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or other obligor not permitted by this clause (4);
     (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any disposition or transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person (other than a disposition or transfer to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor not permitted by this clause (5);
     (6) guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than guarantees by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Acquired Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 4.05(a) of any Person that does not become a Guarantor that is acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than guarantees of such Acquired Indebtedness by any other Person so acquired in connection therewith) which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Section 4.05;
     (7) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any:
     (A) Interest Rate Agreements,
     (B) Currency Hedging Agreements and
     (C) Commodity Price Protection Agreements;

-52-


 

     (8) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations or other Indebtedness in connection with the acquisition or development of real or personal, movable or immovable, property, in each case incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing or refinancing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property used in the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20 million outstanding at any one time;
     (9) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-recourse Indebtedness with respect to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in the event such Securitization Entity ceases to qualify as a Securitization Entity or such Indebtedness ceases to constitute such Non-recourse Indebtedness, such Indebtedness will be deemed, in each case, to be incurred at such time;
     (10) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business or from letters of credit or other obligations in respect of self-insurance and workers’ compensation obligations or similar arrangements; provided that, in each case contemplated by this clause (10), upon the drawing of such instrument, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;
     (11) (x) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (including Foreign Subsidiaries formed under the laws of the United Kingdom) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $10 million outstanding at any one time and (y) in addition to Indebtedness permitted by the foregoing subclause (x), Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries formed under the laws of the United Kingdom in the aggregate principal amount of up to £12 million outstanding at any one time;
     (12) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts such amount need not be inadvertent) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within three business days of receipt by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of notice of such insufficient funds;
     (13) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited effect a to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as described in Article 8 or to satisfy and discharge this Indenture pursuant to Section 14.01;
     (14) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification or purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligation of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such an agreement, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or properties;
     (15) any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements (collectively, a “refinancing”) of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.05(a) and clauses (2) and (3) of Section 4.05(b), including any successive refinancing so long as Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor may only be refinanced with Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor and the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness refinanced is not increased by such refinancing except by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the stated amount of any premium or other payment contractually required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to

-53-


 

the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (B) the amount of premium or other payment actually paid at such time to refinance the Indebtedness, plus, in either case, the amount of expenses of the Issuer incurred in connection with such refinancing and (1) in the case of any refinancing of Indebtedness that is Subordinated Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness is made subordinated to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced and (2) in the case of Pari Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness, as the case may be, such refinancing does not reduce the Average Life to Stated Maturity or the Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness;
     (16) Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations in an amount not to exceed $50 million; and
     (17) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to that described in clauses (1) through (16) above, and any refinancing of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $20 million outstanding at any one time.
          (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.05(a), the Issuer will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence or, subject to Section 4.05(d), later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this covenant;
          (d) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is in existence or available on or prior to the Issue Date, and any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancing or replacements thereof, will be deemed to have been incurred on such date under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”, and the Issuer will not be permitted to reclassify any portion of such Indebtedness thereafter;
          (e) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.05 permitting such Indebtedness;
          (f) Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on any Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Redeemable Capital Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.05; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof as accrued is included in Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer;
          (g) For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred;
          (h) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05 or other provisions of this Indenture, the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall not be double counted; and

-54-


 

          (i) The amount of Indebtedness issued at a price less than the amount of the liability thereof shall be determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 4.06 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (each a “Restricted Payment”):
     (i) declare or pay any dividend on, or make any distribution to holders of, any shares of the Issuer’s Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its Qualified Capital Stock or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Qualified Capital Stock);
     (ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, directly or indirectly, shares of the Issuer’s Capital Stock or any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer);
     (iii) make any principal payment on, or repurchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (x) Indebtedness permitted under clause (4) or (5) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” or (y) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition);
     (iv) declare or pay any dividend or distribution on any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person (other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock, (b) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) dividends or distributions made by a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis to all stockholders of such Restricted Subsidiary); or
     (v) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investments)
(the amount of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall be the Fair Market Value of the assets proposed to be transferred), unless
     (1) at the time of and after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
     (2) at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.05(a); and
     (3) after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments (other than Permitted Payments described in clauses (2) through (9) of clause (b) below) declared (with respect to dividends) or made after March 1, 2003 and all Designation Amounts does not exceed the sum of:
     (A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income (Loss) of the Issuer accrued on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on March 1, 2003 and ending on the last day of the Issuer’s last fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of the Restricted

-55-


 

Payment (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income (Loss) shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss);
     (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after March 1, 2003 by the Issuer either (1) as capital contributions in the form of nonredeemable equity to the Issuer or (2) from the issuance or sale (other than to any of its Subsidiaries) of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer, plus 100% of the Fair Market Value as of the date of issuance of any Qualified Capital Stock issued by the Issuer since March 1, 2003 as consideration for the purchase by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this Indenture) of any assets or properties of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, any Person whose primary business is, a Permitted Business (except, in each case, to the extent such proceeds are used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness as set forth in Section 4.06(b)(2) or (3)) (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Issuer or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);
     (C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after March 1, 2003 by the Issuer (other than from any of its Subsidiaries) upon the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase Qualified Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Issuer or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);
     (D) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received after March 1, 2003 by the Issuer from the conversion or exchange, if any, of debt securities or Redeemable Capital Stock of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries into or for Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer plus, to the extent such debt securities or Redeemable Capital Stock so converted or exchanged were issued after March 1, 2003, the aggregate of Net Cash Proceeds from their original issuance (excluding the Net Cash Proceeds from the conversion or exchange of debt securities or Redeemable Capital Stock financed, directly or indirectly, using funds borrowed from the Issuer or any Subsidiary until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid);
     (E) (a) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser of the return of capital with respect to such Investment and the initial amount of such Investment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes, and (b) in the case of the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (as long as the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was deemed a Restricted Payment), the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s interest in such Subsidiary as of the date of such designation, provided that such amount shall not in any case exceed the amount of the Restricted Payment deemed made at the time the Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (F) any amount which previously qualified as a Restricted Payment on account of any guarantee entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided

-56-


 

that such guarantee has not been called upon and the obligation arising under such guarantee no longer exists; and
     (G) $5 million.
          (b) The provisions of Section 4.06(a) shall not prohibit the following Restricted Payments (each, a “Permitted Payment”):
     (1) (x) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or call for redemption, if at such date of declaration or call for redemption such payment or redemption was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.06(a) (the declaration of such payment will be deemed a Restricted Payment under Section 4.06(a) as of the date of declaration, and the payment itself will be deemed to have been paid on such date of declaration and will not also be deemed a Restricted Payment under Section 4.06(a)) (it being understood that any Restricted Payment made in reliance on this clause (x) shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(3) above only once) and (y) declaration and the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock in an amount not to exceed $6.5 million during any twelve month period;
     (2) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Issuer in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or scrip), or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.06(a)(3)(B);
     (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale for cash (other than to any Subsidiary) of any Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer, provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of such shares of Qualified Capital Stock are excluded from Section 4.06(a)(3)(B);
     (4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or acquisition for value or payment of principal of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance of new Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, provided that any such new Subordinated Indebtedness
     (a) shall be in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount so refinanced, plus the amount of premium or other payment reasonably determined as necessary to refinance the Indebtedness, plus the amount of expenses of the Issuer incurred in connection with such refinancing;
     (b) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced;
     (c) has a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment later than the Stated Maturity for the final scheduled principal payment of the Subordinated Indebtedness being refinanced; and

-57-


 

     (d) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Indebtedness to be refinanced;
     (5) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon (a) exercise of stock options to the extent that shares of such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and (b) the withholding of a portion of the Capital Stock granted or awarded to an employee to pay taxes associated therewith;
     (6) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Capital Stock of the Issuer;
     (7) the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of Redeemable Capital Stock of the Issuer made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, Redeemable Capital Stock;
     (8) so long as no default or event of default exists or would occur, the repurchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any shares of Capital Stock of the Issuer from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors, in an amount of up to $3 million in the aggregate during any fiscal year of the Issuer (with unused amounts from any fiscal year available in any of the next two succeeding years); and
     (9) so long as no default or event of default exists or would occur, payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, that complies with Section 5.01.
          For clarity purposes, all payments made pursuant to Sections 4.06(b)(2) through (9) shall not reduce the amount that would otherwise be available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.06(a).
Section 4.07 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
          The Issuer will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Issuer (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) unless:
     (1) such transaction or series of related transactions is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be available in a comparable transaction in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third party,
     (2) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $2.5 million, the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such transaction or series of related transactions complies with clause (1) above, and
     (3) with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions involving aggregate value in excess of $10 million, either

-58-


 

     (A) such transaction or series of related transactions has been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, or in the event there is only one Disinterested Director, by such Disinterested Director, or
     (B) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of an investment banking firm of national standing or other recognized independent expert stating that the transaction or series of related transactions is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to:
     (i) directors’ fees, consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, incentive arrangements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer, including under any stock option or stock incentive plans, customary indemnification arrangements with officers, directors or employees of the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (ii) any Restricted Payments or Permitted Payments made in compliance with Section 4.06;
     (iii) any Qualified Securitization Transaction;
     (iv) any issuance or sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Issuer to Affiliates;
     (v) transactions among the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary and/or any Related Business Entity;
     (vi) loans or advances to employees or consultants of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including travel, entertainment and moving expenses) made in compliance with applicable law; and
     (vii) any transactions undertaken pursuant to any agreements in existence on the Issue Date (as in effect on the Issue Date) and any renewals, replacements or modifications of such contracts (pursuant to new transactions or otherwise) on terms no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes than those in effect on the Issue Date.
Section 4.08 Limitation on Liens.
          The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect to any of its properties to secure Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Permitted Liens. Additionally, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor, to grant or suffer to exist any Lien (other than pursuant to clause (a), (d), (j) or (p) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”) on any real property of the Issuer or any Guarantor owned in fee simple on the Issue Date for purposes of securing any Indebtedness for money borrowed unless the Issuer shall have granted a first-priority Lien on such fee owned real property to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of Notes and the holders of Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations.

-59-


 

Section 4.09 Limitation on Sale of Assets.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, consummate an Asset Sale unless (1) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale is received in cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets, (2) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Sale, (3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents, and (4) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Note Priority Collateral or, after the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the disposition of ABL Priority Collateral, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be paid directly by the purchaser of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collateral Account pending application in accordance with the provisions described below, and, if any property other than cash or Cash Equivalents is included in such Net Cash Proceeds, such property shall be made subject to the Note Liens.
          For purposes of Section 4.09(a)(1) above, the following will be deemed to be cash:
     (A) the amount of any liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is actually assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and from which the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally released (excluding any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale and contingent liabilities);
     (B) the amount of any notes, securities or other similar obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that is converted, sold or exchanged within 90 days of the related Asset Sale by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries into cash in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds realized upon such conversion, sale or exchange; and
     (C) the amount of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale; provided that the aggregate of such Designated Non-cash Consideration received in connection with Asset Sales (and still held) shall not exceed $5 million at any one time (with the Fair Market Value in each case being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
          (b) All or a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale may be applied by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any Credit Facility):
     (i) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute proceeds from the sale of Collateral (other than Tommy Bahama Collateral) or assets that are not Collateral, to repay permanently any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility or Indebtedness of any non-Guarantor with respect to the proceeds from the sale of assets of any non-Guarantor then outstanding as required by the terms thereof (and in the case of any such Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility);
     (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, a Permitted Business (or in the case of an Asset Sale of ABL Priority Collateral or Note Priority Collateral other than Tommy Bahama Collateral, to acquire additional Collateral); provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such Net Cash Proceeds are applied to acquire assets that constitute Note Priority Collateral;

-60-


 

     (iii) to make a capital expenditure; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Note Priority Collateral, such expenditures shall relate to Collateral (and to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such expenditures shall relate to Note Priority Collateral); or
     (iv) to invest the Net Cash Proceeds (or enter into a legally binding agreement to invest) in Replacement Assets; provided that to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Note Priority Collateral, such Replacement Assets constitute Collateral (and to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are received in respect of Tommy Bahama Collateral, such Collateral shall be Note Priority Collateral).
          Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds (other than Trust Monies), the Issuer may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If any such legally binding agreement to invest such Net Cash Proceeds is terminated, the Issuer shall, within 90 days of such termination or within 365 days of such Asset Sale, whichever is later, invest such Net Cash Proceeds as provided in Section 4.09(b)(i) through (iv) (without regard to the first parenthetical contained in Section 4.09(b)(iv)). The amount of such Net Cash Proceeds not used or invested in accordance with the preceding Section 4.09(b)(i) through (iv) within 365 days of the Asset Sale constitutes “Excess Proceeds.”
          (c) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within 30 days thereof, the Issuer will make an offer (an “Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and (x) in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Note Priority Collateral, to the holders of any other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to asset sales or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Section 4.09 with respect to asset sales, in each case, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and 100% of the principal amount or, if different, the accreted value of any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or Pari Passu Indebtedness) plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and such remaining amount shall not be added to any subsequent Excess Proceeds for any purpose under this Indenture. If the aggregate principal of the Notes and principal amount or, if different, accreted value of other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations (in the case of Net Cash Proceeds from Note Priority Collateral) or Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness (in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds) tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and other Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or other Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.
          (d) The Issuer will comply with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer and shall not be deemed to have violated the provisions of this Section 4.09 as a result of such compliance.
Section 4.10 Additional Guarantees.
          The Issuer will cause any Restricted Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Issue Date (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, a Securitization Entity or an Excluded Subsidiary) to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto providing for a Guarantee of the Notes and supplements to the applicable Security Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral

-61-


 

owned by such Restricted Subsidiary. Guarantees shall be released and discharged in accordance with Section 13.06.
Section 4.11 Purchase of Notes upon a Change of Control.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require that the Issuer purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note will be purchased in part if the remaining amount of such Note would be less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a “Change of Control Offer.” In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”) (subject to the rights of Holders of record on relevant Record Dates to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date).
          (b) Within 30 days of any Change of Control or, at the Issuer’s option, prior to such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Issuer must notify the Trustee and give written notice (a “Change of Control Purchase Notice”) of the Change of Control to each Holder of Securities, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at its address appearing in the Note Register. The notice must state:
     (i) that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur, the date of such event, and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Holder’s Notes at the Change of Control Purchase Price;
     (ii) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.11 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment at the Change of Control Purchase Price;
     (iii) the Change of Control Purchase Date, which shall be fixed by the Issuer on a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, or such later date as is necessary to comply with requirements under the Exchange Act; provided that the Change of Control Purchase Date may not occur prior to the Change of Control;
     (iv) the Change of Control Purchase Price;
     (v) the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 2.03;
     (vi) that Notes must be surrendered on or prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 2.03 to collect payment;
     (vii) that the Change of Control Purchase Price for any Notes which has been properly tendered and not withdrawn will be paid promptly following the Change of Control Purchase Date;
     (viii) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date;

-62-


 

     (ix) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control Purchase Notice, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
     (x) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; and
     (xi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price, any Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date.
          (c) On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,
     (i) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
     (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
          (d) Subject to applicable escheat laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Issuer any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest or dividends, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, (x) to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Issuer pursuant to clause (ii) of clause (c) above exceeds the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Issuer and (y) unless otherwise directed by the Issuer in writing, promptly after the Business Day following the Change of Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall return any such excess to the Issuer together with interest, if any, thereon.
          (e) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the applicable tender offer rules, including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with a Change of Control Offer.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer, in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.11 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
Section 4.12 Limitation on Subsidiary Preferred Stock.
          (a) The Issuer will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to issue, sell or transfer any Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, except for (1) Preferred Stock issued or sold to, held by or transferred to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (2) Preferred Stock issued by a Person prior to the time (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such Person consolidates or

-63-


 

merges with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (C) a Restricted Subsidiary consolidates or merges with or into such Person; provided that such Preferred Stock was not issued or incurred by such Person in anticipation of the type of transaction contemplated by Section 4.12(a)(2)(A), (B) or (C). This Section 4.12(a) shall not apply upon the acquisition by a third party of all the outstanding Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          (b) The Issuer will not permit any Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) to acquire Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon the acquisition of all the outstanding Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
Section 4.13 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock,
     (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary,
     (3) make any Investment in the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary or
     (4) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
          (b) However, Section 4.13(a) will not prohibit any:
     (1) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument (including the Credit Agreement, the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents) in effect on the Issue Date (or in respect of the Credit Agreement on the date of the Credit Agreement);
     (2) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer on the Issue Date, in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are not applicable to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the properties or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such Subsidiary which is becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (3) encumbrance or restriction pursuant to any agreement governing any Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.05;
     (4) encumbrance or restriction contained in any Acquired Indebtedness or other agreement of any Person or related to assets acquired (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as such encumbrance or restriction (A) was not entered into in contemplation of the acquisition, merger or consolidation transaction, and (B) is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the

-64-


 

Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, so long as the agreement containing such restriction does not violate any other provision of this Indenture;
     (5) encumbrance or restriction existing under applicable law or any requirement of any regulatory body;
     (6) in the case of Section 4.13(a)(4), Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.08 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;
     (7) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses or contracts;
     (8) customary restrictions contained in (A) asset sale agreements permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 that limit the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale and (B) any other agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;
     (9) customary restrictions imposed by the terms of shareholders’, partnership or joint venture agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with a joint venture arrangement which is permitted pursuant to clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”; provided, however, that such restrictions do not apply to any Restricted Subsidiaries other than the applicable company, partnership or joint venture;
     (10) restrictions contained in Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under clause (11) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” so long as such restrictions or encumbrances are customary for Indebtedness of the type incurred;
     (11) encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that such encumbrances and restrictions are customarily required by the institutional sponsor or arranger of such Qualified Securitization Transaction in similar types of documents relating to the purchase of similar receivables in connection with the financing thereof;
     (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (13) encumbrance or restriction under any agreement that amends, extends, renews, refinances or replaces the agreements containing the encumbrances or restrictions in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12) or in this clause (13), provided that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive in any material respect than those under or pursuant to the agreement evidencing the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced.
Section 4.14 Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
          The Issuer may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under this Indenture only if:
     (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such designation;

-65-


 

     (b) the Issuer would be permitted to make an Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) at the time of designation (assuming the effectiveness of such designation) pursuant to Section 4.06(a) in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Subsidiary (including any guarantee of the obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary but excluding any amounts attributable to Investments made prior to the Issue Date);
     (c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, provided that an Unrestricted Subsidiary may provide a Guarantee for the Notes; and
     (e) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer or, in the event such condition is not satisfied, the value of such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding to such Unrestricted Subsidiary from and after the date of designation shall be deemed a Restricted Payment.
          In the event of any such designation, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment constituting a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.06 for all purposes of this Indenture in the Designation Amount.
          For purposes of the foregoing, the designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the designation of all of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Issuer will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.
          The Issuer may revoke any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:
     (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such revocation;
     (b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such revocation would, if incurred at such time, have been permitted to be incurred for all purposes of this Indenture; and
     (c) unless such redesignated Subsidiary shall not have any Indebtedness outstanding (other than Indebtedness that would be Permitted Indebtedness), (x) if prior to such revocation the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.05(a) immediately after giving effect to such proposed revocation, and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness of such redesignated Subsidiary as if such Indebtedness was incurred on the date of the revocation, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.05 or (y) if prior to such revocation the Issuer could not incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.05(a), the Issuer’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio does not decline as a result of such revocation.

-66-


 

          All designations and revocations must be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions
Section 4.15 Provision of Financial Information.
          Whether or not the Issuer is subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted under the Exchange Act, file with the SEC the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the Issuer would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) if the Issuer were so subject, such documents to be filed with the SEC on or prior to the date (the “Required Filing Date”) by which the Issuer would have been required so to file such documents if the Issuer were so subject.
          The Issuer will also in any event within 15 days of each Required Filing Date (a) file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the Issuer filed with the SEC or would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if the Issuer were subject to either of such Sections and (b) if filing such reports and documents by the Issuer with the SEC is not accepted by the SEC or is not permitted under the Exchange Act, transmit by mail to all Holders of the Notes, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, without cost to such Holders, copies of such reports and documents.
          In addition, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will make available to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, until such time as the Issuer has either exchanged the Notes for securities identical in all material respects which have been registered under the Securities Act or until such time as the Holders thereof have disposed of such Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
Section 4.16 Statement by Officers as to Default.
          (a) The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer and 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, an Officer’s Certificate, as to compliance herewith, including whether or not, after a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year or such quarter and of the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s performance under this Indenture, to the best knowledge, based on such review, of the signers thereof, the Issuer and each Guarantor have fulfilled all of their respective obligations and are in compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year or quarter, as the case may be, and, if there has been a Default specifying each Default and the nature and status thereof and any actions being taken by the Issuer and the Guarantors with respect thereto.
          (b) When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission of an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, within five Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence of such Default or Event of Default.

-67-


 

ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets.
          (a) The Issuer will not, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or series of transactions, if such transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to any other Person or group of Persons, unless at the time and after giving effect thereto
     (1) either (a) the Issuer will be the continuing corporation or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Entity”) (i) shall be a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, and the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect as so supplemented (and any Guarantees will be confirmed as applying to such Surviving Entity’s obligations) and (iii) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the Issuer under the Security Documents;
     (2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
     (3) after giving effect to such transaction, the Issuer (or the Surviving Entity if the Issuer is not the continuing obligor under this Indenture) could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the provisions of Section 4.05(a);
     (4) at the time of the transaction, each Guarantor, if any, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes;
     (5) at the time of the transaction, the Issuer or the Surviving Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with this Indenture and that all conditions provided for in this Section 5.01 relating to such transaction have been complied with;
     (6) the Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Issuer or the Surviving Entity; and

-68-


 

     (7) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Issuer or the Surviving Entity, as applicable, shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.
     Notwithstanding Section 5.01(a)(3), (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate that has no significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization to another state of the United States, provided that the Surviving Entity assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer’s obligation under this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.
          (b) Each Guarantor will not, and the Issuer will not permit a Guarantor to, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person or group of Persons (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into any such transaction or series of transactions if such transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to any other Person or group of Persons (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor), unless at the time and after giving effect thereto:
     (1) either (a) the Guarantor will be the continuing corporation in the case of a consolidation or merger involving the Guarantor or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (the “Surviving Guarantor Entity”) will be a corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership or trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such Person (i) expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee, Indenture and Registration Rights Agreement will remain in full force and effect; and (ii) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the applicable Guarantor under the Security Documents;
     (2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
     (3) at the time of the transaction such Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity will have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, lease or other transaction and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with;
     (4) the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, promptly causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded, as applicable, in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity;

-69-


 

     (5) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens; and
     (6) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity, as applicable, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture;
provided, however, that this Section 5.01(b) shall not apply to any Guarantor whose Guarantee of the Notes is unconditionally released and discharged in accordance with Section 13.06.
Section 5.02 Successor Substituted.
          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged, or the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Notes and/or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, herein, in the Notes and/or in the Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Issuer and such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that in the case of a transfer by lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest on the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default.
          An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (1) there shall be a default in the payment of any interest on any Note when it becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days;
     (2) there shall be a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise);

-70-


 

     (3) (a) there shall be a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture, any Guarantee or any Security Document (other than a default in the performance, or breach, of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in clause (1) or (2) above or subclause (b), (c) or (d) of this clause (3) and such default or breach shall continue for a period of 30 days with respect to defaults or breaches of the items set forth under Article 4, and 60 days in all other cases, in each case after written notice has been given, by certified mail, (1) to the Issuer by the Trustee or (2) to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (b) there shall be a default in the performance or breach of the provisions described in Section 5.01; (c) the Issuer shall have failed to make or consummate an Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.09; or (d) the Issuer shall have failed to make or consummate a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11;
     (4) (a) any default in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Indebtedness when due under any of the agreements, indentures or instruments under which the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $15 million and such default shall have continued after giving effect to any applicable grace period and shall not have been cured or waived and, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, the holder of such Indebtedness shall have the right to accelerate such Indebtedness or (b) an event of default as defined in any of the agreements, indentures or instruments described in subclause (a) of this clause (4) shall have occurred and the Indebtedness thereunder, if not already matured at its final maturity in accordance with its terms, shall have been accelerated;
     (5) any Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or shall for any reason be asserted in writing by any Guarantor or the Issuer not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent permitted by this Indenture and any such Guarantee;
     (6) one or more final, non-appealable judgments or orders of any court or regulatory or administrative agency for the payment of money in excess of $15 million (net of any amounts to the extent that they are covered by insurance), either individually or in the aggregate, shall be rendered against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary which has not been discharged, fully bonded or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days;
     (7) there shall have been the entry of a decree or order that remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days by a court of competent jurisdiction under any applicable Bankruptcy Law (a) for relief in an involuntary case or proceeding in respect of the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (b) adjudging the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent or (c) seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition under any applicable federal or state law of or in respect of the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (d) appointing a custodian of the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted

-71-


 

Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or of substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their affairs;
     (8) the Issuer, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which collectively (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding in respect of the Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) consents to the entry of a decree or order for debt relief in respect of the Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, (iii) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or debt relief in respect of the Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law or applicable federal or state insolvency law, (iv) consents to the filing of such petition for the appointment of, or taking possession by, a custodian of the Issuer, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries or of substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or such Significant Subsidiary, (v) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or (vii) takes any corporate action to authorize any such actions in this clause (8); or
     (9) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, (x) default by the Issuer or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which materially adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Note Liens on a material portion of the Collateral, (y) the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Issuer or any Guarantor of its material obligations under the Security Documents or (z) the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Issuer or any Guarantor party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral and, in the case of any event described in subclauses (x) through (z), such default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Issuer receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied.
Section 6.02 Acceleration.
          If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.01(a)(7) or (8) with respect to the Issuer) shall occur and be continuing with respect to this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(7) or (8) with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

-72-


 

          After a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
     (a) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (2) all overdue interest on all Notes then outstanding, (3) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Notes then outstanding which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Notes and (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and
     (b) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.
          No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or any Security Document.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.
          The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all outstanding Notes waive any past Default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a Default (1) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes effected) or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority.
          Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

-73-


 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.
          No Holder of any of the Notes has any right to institute any proceedings with respect to this Indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless (a) such Holder has previously given notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; (b) the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee under this Indenture and the Notes; (c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; (d) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 15 days after receipt of such notice; and (e) the Trustee, within such 15-day period, has not received directions inconsistent with such written request by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Such limitations do not, however, apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings or any other proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies hereunder of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

-74-


 

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
          Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13 Priorities.
          Subject to the Security Documents, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 (including any amounts received from the Collateral Agent), it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     (i) to the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
     (ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     (iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

-75-


 

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs.
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

-76-


 

          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.
          (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.
          (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture
          (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective

-77-


 

of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
          (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
          (j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
          If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
          Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture

-78-


 

Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when, if applicable, the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer and the Guarantors need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith.
          The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.
          Notwithstanding anything contrary in Section 4.08 hereto, to secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. As used in this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar, and Transfer Agent, as applicable.

-79-


 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.
          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and the Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent may resign with 90 days prior written notice and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing and may remove the Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent by so notifying such Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent, as applicable, with 90 days prior written notice. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
     (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
     (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
          As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as applicable.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

-80-


 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.
          The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
          The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.05;
     (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
     (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

-81-


 

     (d) this Section 8.02.
          Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.
          Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15, clauses (2) through (7) of Section 5.01(a) and Sections 5.01(b) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3) (as it relates to the covenants specified above), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(8) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(9) shall not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
          The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes:
          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking firm, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the Maturity thereof or, to the extent the Issuer has previously provided a notice of redemption with respect to the outstanding Notes, on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to Maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

-82-


 

     (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
     (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default or Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(7) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Indenture or any other material agreement to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
     (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from independent counsel in the United States to the effect that (assuming no Holder of the Notes would be considered an insider of the Issuer or any Guarantor under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law and assuming no intervening bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit) after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;
     (7) no event or condition shall exist that would prevent the Issuer from making payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the date of such deposit or at any time ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit; and
     (8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05   Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
          Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying

-83-


 

Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
          Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer.
          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.05 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
          Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Issuer, any Guarantor and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, any Security Document or Notes without the consent of any Holder:
     (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer or a Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer or such Guarantor in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee and the Security Documents in accordance with Section 5.01;

-84-


 

     (2) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, as applicable, in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document;
     (3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document or make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any Security Document; provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;
     (4) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
     (5) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes or to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
     (6) to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent under this Indenture and the Security Documents;
     (7) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as additional security for the payment and performance of the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, in any property, or assets, including any of which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a security interest is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;
     (8) to provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by any of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture;
     (9) to secure any Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations under the Security Documents and to appropriately include the same in the Intercreditor Agreement; or
     (10) in the sole discretion of the Issuer, to conform any provision of this Indenture to the provisions of the “Description of the Notes” contained in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recital of a provision contained herein.
          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding may waive compliance with certain restrictive covenants and provisions of this Indenture.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and any Security Document with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default

-85-


 

resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.
          Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) change the Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, or change to an earlier date any redemption date of, or waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change the coin or currency in which the principal of any such Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after the Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);
     (2) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.11, including amending, changing or modifying any definitions related thereto;
     (3) reduce the percentage in principal amount of such outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver or compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture;
     (4) modify any of the provisions relating to supplemental indentures requiring the consent of Holders or relating to the waiver of past defaults or relating to the waiver of certain covenants, except to increase the percentage of such outstanding Notes required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each such Note affected thereby;
     (5) amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in any manner which subordinates the Notes issued thereunder in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or which subordinates any Guarantee in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Guarantor issuing any such Guarantee;
     (6) release any Guarantee except in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; or
     (7) release all or substantially all of the Collateral other than in accordance with this Indenture.
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or

-86-


 

portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder; provided that any amendment or waiver that requires the consent of each affected Holder shall not become effective with respect to any non-consenting Holder.
          The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
          The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 15.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Article 9 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. The consent of the Collateral Agent shall not be necessary for any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture, except for any amendment, supplement or waiver to Article 10 or 11 or as to this sentence.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

-87-


 

ARTICLE 10
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
Section 10.01 Intercreditor Agreement.
          Each Holder agrees that the Note Liens are subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Holders hereby authorize the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of the Holders and agree that the Holders shall comply with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to them in their capacities as such to the same extent as if the Holders were parties thereto.
ARTICLE 11
COLLATERAL
Section 11.01 Security Documents.
          The Indenture Obligations are secured as provided in the Security Documents and will be secured by Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture. The Issuer shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, and each Guarantor shall, do all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to UCC financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such UCC financing statements) as are required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Issuer and the Guarantors) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral as a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens.
Section 11.02 Collateral Agent.
          (a) The Collateral Agent shall have all the rights and protections provided in the Security Documents and, additionally, shall have all the rights and protections provided to the “Trustee” under Article VII.
          (b) Subject to Section 7.01, none of the Collateral Agent, Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Note Liens, or any defect or deficiency as to any such matters.
          (c) Except as required or permitted by the Security Documents, the Holders acknowledge that the Collateral Agent will not be obligated:
     (i) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other Person, except in accordance with the Security Documents;
     (ii) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any Note Lien; or
     (iii) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Note Liens, Security Documents or Collateral.

-88-


 

Section 11.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken.
          (a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document, as originally in effect and as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes and empowers the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and empowers the Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes and other holders of Indenture Obligations as set forth in the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder.
          (b) The Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents to which the Trustee is a party and, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.
          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02, and the Security Documents, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:
     (i) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the Note Liens;
     (ii) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party; or
     (iii) collect and receive payment of any and all Obligations.
          Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem reasonably expedient to protect or enforce the Note Liens or the Security Documents to which the Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem reasonably expedient, at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Note Liens or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders or the Trustee.
Section 11.04 Release of Collateral.
          Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. In addition, upon the request of the Issuer pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met, the Issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Trustee shall (or, if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent, shall direct the Collateral Agent to) release the same from such Liens at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, under any one or more of the following circumstances:

-89-


 

     (1) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Note Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;
     (2) in whole upon (a) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture in accordance with Article 13 or (b) a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under Article 8;
     (3) in part, as to any property that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor) in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition or (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee pursuant to Section 13.06, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee;
     (4) as to property that constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of each Holder of the Notes;
     (5) as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; or
     (6) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents.
Section 11.05 Filing, Recording and Opinions.
          (a) The Issuer will comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Issuer or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Issuer will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each September 30.
          (b) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 11.04 will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.02, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
          (c) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Indenture or any Security Document, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 11.04(a), will, upon request, deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent and the Issuer setting forth such determination.
Section 11.06 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
          In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon the Issuer or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument

-90-


 

signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 12
APPLICATION OF TRUST MONIES
Section 12.01 Collateral Account.
          No later than 30 days following the first date on which the Issuer or any Guarantor receives any Trust Monies, there shall be established and, at all times thereafter until this Indenture shall have terminated, there shall be maintained with the Collateral Agent the Collateral Account. The Collateral Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at the office of the Collateral Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, no other deposit account or securities account shall be, or shall be deemed to be, the Collateral Account, and Trust Monies shall include only cash and cash equivalents required to be deposited into the Collateral Account pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall cause all Trust Monies to be deposited in the Collateral Account and any such Trust Monies shall be held by and under the dominion and control of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement) as a part of the Collateral until released in accordance with this Article 12.
Section 12.02 Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds in Connection with Reinvestments.
          To the extent that any Trust Monies consist of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale, such Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuer and shall be paid by the Collateral Agent (upon the direction of the Trustee) upon a written request by the Issuer delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to reimburse the Issuer or Guarantor for expenditures made, or to pay costs to be incurred, by the Issuer or such Guarantor in connection with a reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds or repayment of Indebtedness with such Net Cash Proceeds, in each case complying with Section 4.09, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:
     (a) An Officer’s Certificate, dated not more then 30 days prior to the date of the application for the withdrawal and payment of such Trust Monies to the effect that:
     (A) such Net Cash Proceeds that have been (or will be within thirty (30) Business Days of the requested date of release) applied in compliance with the requirements of Section 4.09 (which Officer’s Certificate shall contain a brief description of the amount and the manner of application of such Net Cash Proceeds); and
     (B) to the extent required by Section 4.09 the Issuer has taken (or will take not later than thirty (30) Business Days following the application of such Net Cash Proceeds) all steps, if any, required by the Security Documents in order to grant and/or perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in any assets in which such Net Cash Proceeds have been reinvested (which Officer’s Certificate shall attach copies of (or forms of) any additional Security Documents or amendments thereto or filings thereunder, if any, required to comply with the Security Documents and Section 4.09); and
     (b) An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

-91-


 

     (A) the instruments that have been or are therewith delivered to the Collateral Agent comply as to form to the requirements of this Indenture, and that, upon the basis thereof and the accompanying documents specified in this Section 12.02 and assuming the correctness and accuracy of such documents, all conditions precedent herein provided for such withdrawal and payment have been satisfied, and such withdrawal and payment is permitted under this Section 12.02; and
     (B) the relevant Security Documents create (or upon the execution, filing and/or delivery, as applicable of any documents contemplated by clause (a), will create) a valid, binding and enforceable Lien on and security interest in such assets in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders to the extent required by Section 4.09.
Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.02, the Collateral Agent shall, upon receipt of a written request by the Issuer (which may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate), pay an amount of Net Cash Proceeds constituting Trust Monies equal to the amount of the expenditures or costs related to such assets as stated in the Officer’s Certificate required by clause (a) of this Section 12.02 as directed by the Issuer.
Section 12.03 Withdrawal of Net Cash Proceeds to Fund an Offer or Release Following an Offer.
          To the extent that any Trust Monies consist of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 and an Offer, as applicable, has been made in accordance therewith, such Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuer and shall be paid by the Trustee to the Paying Agent for application in accordance with Section 4.09 upon written notice by the Issuer to the Trustee and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:
     An Officer’s Certificate, dated not more than three (3) days prior to the Purchase Date, setting forth the amount of Excess Proceeds, as applicable, subject to the Offer and the date on which Notes and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations are to be purchased, and to the effect that:
     (A) (x) such Trust Monies constitute Net Cash Proceeds and (y) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4.09, the Issuer has made an Offer; and
     (B) all conditions precedent and covenants herein provided for such application of Trust Monies have been satisfied.
          Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.03, the Collateral Agent shall apply the Trust Monies as directed and specified by the Issuer, subject to Section 4.09 (including to return to the Issuer any such amount of Excess Proceeds that are subject to the Offer and which are not required to be applied to the purchase of Notes, Permitted Additional Pari Passu Obligations or other Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09).
Section 12.04 Investment of Trust Monies.
          So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any part of any Trust Monies held by (or held in an account subject to the sole control of) the Collateral Agent shall from time to time be invested or reinvested by the Collateral Agent in any Cash Equivalents pursuant to a written request by the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, which shall specify the Cash Equivalents in which such Trust Monies shall be invested and shall certify that such investments

-92-


 

constitute Cash Equivalents; and the Collateral Agent shall sell any such Cash Equivalent only upon receipt of such a written request by the Issuer specifying the particular Cash Equivalent to be sold. So long as no Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, any interest or dividends accrued, earned or paid on such Cash Equivalents (in excess of any accrued interest or dividends paid at the time of purchase) that may be received by the Collateral Agent shall be forthwith paid to the Issuer. Such Cash Equivalents shall be held by the Collateral Agent as a part of the Collateral, subject to the same provisions hereof as the cash used by it to purchase such Cash Equivalents.
          The Trustee and Collateral Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any loss resulting from such investments or sales except only for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct in complying with this Section 12.04.
Section 12.05 Application of other Trust Monies.
          The Collateral Agent shall return all Trust Monies to the Issuer upon any Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Section 14.01. The Collateral Agent shall have all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral Account and any Trust Monies as provided in the Security Documents.
ARTICLE 13
GUARANTEES
Section 13.01 Guarantee.
          Subject to this Article 13, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

-93-


 

          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 13.01.
          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
          As used in this Section 13.01, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as applicable.
Section 13.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant

-94-


 

under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 13, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 13.03 Execution and Delivery.
          To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 13.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to execute a Notation of Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.
          Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 13.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
          If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
          The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
Section 13.04 Subrogation.
          Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
Section 13.05 Benefits Acknowledged.
          Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 13.06 Release of Guarantees.
          Nothwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary (and all Liens securing the same) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
     (1) such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that complies with this Indenture (whether upon a sale, exchange, transfer or disposition of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of merger or consolidation), or the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary), or

-95-


 

     (2) the merger or dissolution of a Guarantor into the Issuer or another Guarantor or the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor to the Issuer or another Guarantor.
ARTICLE 14
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 14.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:
     (1) either (A) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid or Notes whose payment has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust as provided for in the Indenture) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at their Maturity within one year, or (c) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; or
     (2) the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount in United States dollars sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest at such Maturity, Stated Maturity or Redemption Date;
     (3) after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date of such deposit;
     (4) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound;
     (5) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Issuer; and
     (6) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of independent counsel each stating that all conditions precedent under this Section 14.01 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 14.01, the provisions of Section 14.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive.
Section 14.02 Application of Trust Money.
          Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 14.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes

-96-


 

and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 15
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 15.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.
Section 15.02 Notices.
          Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:
c/o Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Facsimile: (404) 653-1224
Attention: General Counsel
If to the Trustee:
U.S. Bank National Association
1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW
Two Midtown Plaza, Suite 1050
Atlanta, GA 30309
Fax No.: (404) 898-8844
Attention: Muriel Shaw
          The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

-97-


 

          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 15.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).
Section 15.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
          Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 15.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
     (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 15.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 15.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

-98-


 

     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section 15.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 15.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
          No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 15.08 Governing Law.
          THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 15.09 Force Majeure.
          In no event shall the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
Section 15.10 Successors.
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 13.06. The provisions of Article 11 referring to the Collateral Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Collateral Agent.
Section 15.11 Severability.
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

-99-


 

Section 15.12 Counterpart Originals.
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by facsimile, email or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture.
Section 15.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 15.14 Qualification of Indenture.
          The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 15.15 USA Patriot Act
          The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and Agents, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Agents with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
[Signatures on following pages]

-100-


 

         
  OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas C. Chubb III    
    Name:   Thomas C. Chubb III   
    Title:   President   
 
Signature Page to Indenture

 


 

             
    Each of the GUARANTORS    
    listed on Schedule I hereto except Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas C. Chubb III    
 
     
 
Name: Thomas C. Chubb III
   
 
      Title: Vice President    
             
    Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC,    
    By: Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC,
        its sole member
   
 
           
 
       By:   /s/ Thomas C. Chubb III    
 
     
 
Name: Thomas C. Chubb III
   
 
      Title: Vice President    
Signature Page to Indenture

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Muriel Shaw    
    Name:   Muriel Shaw   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   

 


 

         
SCHEDULE I
Guarantors
BEN SHERMAN CLOTHING, INC.
LIONSHEAD CLOTHING COMPANY
OXFORD CARIBBEAN, INC.
OXFORD GARMENT, INC.
OXFORD INTERNATIONAL, INC.
OXFORD LOCKBOX, INC.
OXFORD OF SOUTH CAROLINA, INC.
PIEDMONT APPAREL CORPORATION
SFI OF OXFORD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
TOMMY BAHAMA GROUP, INC.
TOMMY BAHAMA BEVERAGES, LLC
TOMMY BAHAMA R&R HOLDINGS, INC.
TOMMY BAHAMA TEXAS BEVERAGES, LLC
VIEWPOINT MARKETING, INC.

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of Note]
          [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the IAI Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the ERISA Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          [Insert the OID Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-1


 

CUSIP [                ] 
 ISIN [                ]1
[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE
11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
No. ___   [$                    ]
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                          United States Dollars] on January 15, 2015.
Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15
Record Dates: January 1 and July 1
 
1   Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 691497AD3
Rule 144A Note ISIN: US691497AD35
Regulation S Note CUSIP: U6919TAB6
Regulation S Note ISIN: USU6919TAB62
Exchange Note CUSIP: 691497AE1
Exchange Note ISIN: US691497AE18

A-2


 

          IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated: [                         ]
         
  OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

A-3


 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 

A-4


 

[Back of Note]
11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. INTEREST. Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11.375% per annum from June 30, 2009 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2010. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or  July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
          3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
          4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Oxford Industries Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

A-5


 

          5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.
          (a) At any time prior to July 15, 2012, the Issuer may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a price equal to the greater of: (x) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, and (y) as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of 105.688% of the principal of the Notes being redeemed plus scheduled payments of interest (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the Redemption Date) from the date of redemption to July 15, 2012 discounted to the Redemption Date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.
          (b) On or after July 15, 2012, the Issuer may redeem all or a portion of the Notes, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount), together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning July 15 of the years indicated below:
         
    Redemption
Year   Price
2012
    105.688 %
2013
    102.844 %
2014 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          (c) In addition, at any time prior to July 15, 2012, the Issuer, at its option, may use the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 111.375% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% of the initial aggregate principal amount of Notes must remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and the Issuer must complete such redemption within 90 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.
          (d) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national security exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or if the Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and reasonable. Notes redeemed in part must be redeemed only in integral multiples of $1,000 and no Note with a principal amount of less than $2,000 will be redeemed in part.
          (e) In addition to the Issuer’s rights to redeem the Notes as set forth above, the Issuer may purchase Notes in open-market transactions, tender offers or otherwise
          6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
          7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the

A-6


 

redemption date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
          8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.
          (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require this Issuer to purchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no partial redemption will be permitted that would result in a Note having a remaining principal amount of less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control offer. In the Change of Control offer, the Issuer will offer to purchase all of the Notes, at a purchase price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment date). The Change of Control offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.11 of the Indenture.
          (b) Under certain circumstances described in the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to apply the proceeds of Asset Sales to the repayment of the Securities and Permitted Additional Pari Passu Indebtedness. The offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture
          9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes or portion of Notes selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
          10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
          12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by the holders of the Notes) and upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, then all the Notes shall automatically become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Notes become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the

A-7


 

then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
          13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
          14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).
          15. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          16. CUSIP/ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Oxford Industries Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Facsimile: (404) 653-1224
Attention: General Counsel

A-8


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
 
                                                                                                                                    (Insert assignee’ legal name)
          
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint
 
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:                                         
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee*:                                                             
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-9


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or 4.11 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
o Section 4.09 o Section 4.11
          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                    
Date:                     
             
 
  Your Signature:        
         
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
    Tax Identification No.:       
       
 
Signature Guarantee*:                                                             
 
*   Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

A-10


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
          The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $___. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
                                 
    Amount of     Amount of increase     Principal Amount of     Signature of  
    decrease in     in Principal     this Global Note     authorized officer  
Date of   Principal Amount     Amount of this     following such     of Trustee or  
Exchange   of this Global Note     Global Note     decrease or increase     Notes Registrar  
 
                               
 
*   This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-11


 

Notation of Guarantee
          Pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and the Trustee, each Guarantor, subject to the provisions of Article 13 of the Indenture, hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.
          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under Section 13.01 of the Indenture.
          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

A-12


 

          Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
         
 
  BEN SHERMAN CLOTHING, INC.    
 
  LIONSHEAD CLOTHING COMPANY    
 
  OXFORD CARIBBEAN, INC.    
 
  OXFORD GARMENT, INC.    
 
  OXFORD INTERNATIONAL, INC.    
 
  OXFORD LOCKBOX, INC.    
 
  OXFORD OF SOUTH CAROLINA, INC.    
 
  PIEDMONT APPAREL CORPORATION    
 
  SFI OF OXFORD ACQUISITION CORPORATION    
 
  TOMMY BAHAMA BEVERAGES, LLC    
 
  TOMMY BAHAMA GROUP, INC.    
 
  TOMMY BAHAMA R&R HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
  VIEWPOINT MARKETING, INC.,    
 
  as Guarantors    
 
       
 
 
       
 
  By:    
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
  TOMMY BAHAMA TEXAS BEVERAGES, LLC, as Guarantor
   
 
  By Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC, its sole member    
 
       
 
  TOMMY BAHAMA BEVERAGES, LLC    
 
       
 
 
       
 
  By:    
 
  Title:    

A-13


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Facsimile: (404) 653-1224
Attention: General Counsel
U.S. Bank National Association
1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW
Two Midtown Plaza, Suite 1050
Atlanta, GA 30309
Fax No.: (404) 898-8844
Attention: Muriel Shaw
          Re: 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                                                       (the “ Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                                         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                          (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
          1. o CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
          2. o CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the

B-1


 

United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          3. o CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
     (a) o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
     (b) o such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;
or
     (c) o such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
or
     (d) o such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit B-1 to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of Transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          4. o CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

B-2


 

          (a) o CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (b) o CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
          (c) o CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 to a Person who is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
  5.   o CHECK IF TRANSFEROR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER.
 
  6.   o CHECK IF TRANSFEREE IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER.
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated:                                         

B-3


 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
  1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
  (a)   o a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   o 144A Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (ii)   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
 
  (iii)   o IAI Global Note (CUSIP [ ]); or
  (b)   o a Restricted Definitive Note.
 
  2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
  (a)   o a beneficial interest in the:
  (i)   o 144A Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (ii)   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (iii)   o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [     ]), or
 
  (iv)   o IAI Global Notes (CUSIP [     ]); or
  (b)   o a Restricted Definitive Note; or
 
  (c)   o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4


 

EXHIBIT B-1
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Facsimile: (404) 653-1224
Attention: General Counsel
U.S. Bank National Association
1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW
Two Midtown Plaza, Suite 1050
Atlanta, GA 30309
Fax No.: (404) 898-8844
Attention: Muriel Shaw
          Re: 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
          In connection with our proposed purchase of $           aggregate principal amount of:
(a) o a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
(b) o a Definitive Note,
          we confirm that:
          1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
          2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Issuer, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuer a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable

B-5


 

to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (F) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (G) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (G) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.
          3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
          4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
          5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
          You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
             
 
           
    [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
Dated:

B-6


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Facsimile: (404) 653-1224
Attention: General Counsel
U.S. Bank National Association
1349 W. Peachtree Street, NW
Two Midtown Plaza, Suite 1050
Atlanta, GA 30309
Fax No.: (404) 898-8844
Attention: Muriel Shaw
          Re: 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2009 (the “Indenture”), among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                               (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
          1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
     a) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer.
     b) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has

C-1


 

been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer.
     c) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer.
     d) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (v) the Owner is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer.
          2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
     a) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
     b) o CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial

C-2


 

interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note o Regulation S Global Note o IAI Global Note      , with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
          3) o CHECK IF OWNER IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER.
          4) o CHECK IF OWNER IS EXCHANGING THIS NOTE IN CONNECTION WITH AN EXPECTED TRANSFER TO AN AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER.
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                                         .
         
  [Insert Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated:                                         

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
          Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                                         , among                                          (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia Corporation (the “Issuer”) and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the bank of the United States of America, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
W I T N E S S E T H
          WHEREAS, each of Oxford Industries, Inc. and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 30, 2009, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          (1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          (2) Agreement to be Bound. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.
          (3) Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Indenture Obligations pursuant to Article XIII of the Indenture on a secured basis.
          (4) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 


 

          (5) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          (6) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          (7) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          (8) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
          (9) Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
          (10) Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

D-2

EX-5.1 OPINION OF KING & SPALDING LLP
Exhibit 5.1
     
(KING & SPALDING LOGO)
  King & Spalding LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036-4003
www.kslaw.com
July 13, 2009
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue NE
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Re: Oxford Industries, Inc. — Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to
$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes Due 2015
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as counsel to Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and Lionshead Clothing Company, Oxford Caribbean, Inc., Oxford Garment, Inc., Oxford Lockbox, Inc., Piedmont Apparel Corporation, SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation, Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc., Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC, Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc., Oxford International, Inc., Oxford of South Carolina, Inc., Viewpoint Marketing, Inc., Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, Inc. (collectively the “Guarantors”), in connection with the proposed offer by the Company to exchange $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11.375% Senior Secured Exchange Notes due 2015 (the “New Notes”) for all of its outstanding 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Old Notes”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the New Notes.
          In our capacity as such counsel, we have reviewed the Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of June 30, 2009, among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”). We have also reviewed such matters of law and examined original, certified, conformed or photographic copies of such other documents, records, agreements and certificates as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such review, we have assumed the genuineness of signatures on all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted to us as certified, conformed or photographic copies. We have relied, as to the matters set forth therein, on certificates of public officials. As to certain matters of fact material to this opinion, we have

 


 

relied, without independent verification, upon certificates of the Company, and of certain officers of the Company.
          Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
     1. the New Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, when the Registration Statement has become effective and the New Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, such New Notes will be legally issued by the Company and will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject as to the enforcement of remedies to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and
     2. when the New Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, each Guarantee will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of its respective Guarantor signatory, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms, subject as to the enforcement of remedies to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
          In connection with our opinion above, we have assumed that at or prior to the time of delivery of the New Notes, the authorization of the New Notes will be applicable to each New Note, will not be modified or rescinded and there will not have occurred any change in the law affecting the validity or enforceability of such New Notes. We have also assumed that the issuance and delivery of the New Notes will not, at or prior to the time of delivery of the New Notes, violate any applicable law and will not, at or prior to the time of delivery of the New Notes, result in a violation of any provision of any instrument of agreement then binding on the Company, or any restriction imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company.
          Insofar as this opinion relates to the guarantee by the Guarantors under their respective Guarantees, we have assumed the adequacy of the consideration that supports the agreements of the Guarantors and the solvency and adequacy of capital of the Guarantors.
          This opinion is limited in all respects to the federal laws of the United States of America, the laws of the States of New York, Georgia and Texas, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, and no opinion is expressed with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction or any effect that such laws may have on the opinions expressed herein. This opinion is limited to the matters stated herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein. We have relied on

 


 

opinions of Parker Poe Adams & Bernstein LLP and Gray-Robinson, P.A., as to certain matters of South Carolina and Florida law, respectively.
          This opinion is given as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you after the date hereof of facts or circumstances that come to our attention or changes in law that occur which could affect the opinions contained herein. This letter is being rendered solely for the benefit of the Company in connection with the matters addressed herein. This opinion may not be furnished to or relied upon by a person or entity for any purpose without our prior written consent.
          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to this firm as having passed on the validity of the New Notes under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement.
Very truly yours,
/s/ King & Spalding LLP

 

EX-5.2 OPINION OF PARKER POE ADAMS & BERNSTEIN LLP
Exhibit 5.2
Parker Poe Adams & Bernstein LLP
200 Meeting Street, Suite 301
Charleston, South Carolina 29401
July 13, 2009
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc., a South Carolina corporation
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as special South Carolina counsel for Oxford of South Carolina, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (“OSC”), solely in connection with the issuance and sale of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Transaction”) by Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Parent”), as contemplated by the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of June 30, 2009, among the Parent, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned them in the Indenture.
          For the purposes of giving the opinions hereinafter set forth, our examination of documents has been limited to the examination of executed or conformed counterparts, or copies otherwise proved to our satisfaction, of the following:
(a)   the Articles of Incorporation of OSC, as filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of South Carolina (the “Secretary of State”) on July 13, 1998 (the “Articles”) and certified by the Secretary of State on June 16, 2009;
 
(b)   the Certificate of Existence of OSC issued by the Secretary of State on July 8, 2009 (the “Certificate of Existence”);
 
(c)   the Bylaws of OSC (the “Bylaws”);
 
(d)   the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of OSC dated June 22, 2009 (the “Consent”);

 


 

Oxford of South Carolina, Inc. Opinion Letter
July 13, 2009
Page 2
(e)   certificates of officers of OSC (including the Articles, Bylaws, the Consent and other exhibits thereto), the contents of which we assume to be true and correct as of the date hereof (the “Officer’s Certificates,” and collectively with the Articles, the Certificate of Existence, the Bylaws, and the Consent, the “OSC Organizational Documents”);
 
(f)   the Indenture; and
 
(g)   the Notation of Guarantee to be executed by the Guarantors in connection with the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Notes Guarantee,” and together with the Indenture, collectively, the “Transaction Documents”).
          We are admitted to practice in the State of South Carolina (the “State”), and the opinions set forth herein are limited to the laws of the State. We express no opinion as to matters under or involving the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any laws change after the date of this opinion, or if we become aware of any facts that might change the opinions expressed herein after the date of this opinion.
          For purposes of this opinion, we have not reviewed any documents other than the documents listed in paragraphs (a) through (g) above. In particular, we have not reviewed any document (other than the documents listed in paragraphs (a) through (g) above) that is referred to in or incorporated by reference into any document reviewed by us. We have assumed that there exists no provision in any document that we have not reviewed that is inconsistent with the opinions stated herein. We have conducted no independent factual investigation of our own but rather have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate in all material respects.
          With respect to all documents examined by us, we have assumed that (i) all signatures on documents examined by us are genuine, (ii) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and (iii) all documents submitted to us as copies conform with the original copies of those documents.
          In rendering this opinion, we have made no investigation of and do not express an opinion as to, any of the representations, warranties or factual matters contained in any of the Transaction Documents except as may be expressly stated herein. We express no opinion concerning (i) the creation, attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest, lien or other encumbrance, or (ii) the nature or validity of title to any property. We also do no express any opinion as to the effect on the opinions expressed herein of (i) the compliance or noncompliance of any party to the Transaction Documents with any state, federal or other laws or regulations applicable to it or them, or (ii) the legal or regulatory status or the nature of the business of any party.

 


 

Oxford of South Carolina, Inc. Opinion Letter
July 13, 2009
Page 3
             In rendering this opinion, we have further assumed, with your express permission and without independent verification or investigation (except as otherwise may be stated herein), the following:
          (a) that each of the OSC Organizational Documents is in full force and effect, has not been amended and no amendment of such document is pending or has been proposed;
          (b) that there are no proceedings pending or contemplated for the merger, consolidation, conversion, dissolution, liquidation or termination of OSC;
          (c) that, other than with respect to OSC, the parties to the Transaction Documents are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing and the parties to the Transaction Documents have the right, power and authority to enter into and fully perform all obligations under all documents to which they are parties;
          (d) that, other than with respect to OSC, the Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each party thereto by officers or other representatives who are duly authorized to do so;
          (e) that all natural persons executing the Transaction Documents are legally competent to do so;
          (f) that, other than with respect to OSC, the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by the respective parties thereto do not and will not conflict with, or result in a violation of, the articles or certificate of incorporation, the articles or certificate of organization, certificate of partnership, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement or similar organizational documents of such parties and do not and will not violate or conflict with any law, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, administrative agency or any other governmental authority applicable to such parties or any agreement by which any such party is bound;
          (g) that all factual matters contained in the Transaction Documents, including the warranties and representations set forth therein, are true and correct in all material respects and are not inconsistent with the factual assumptions set forth herein; and
          (h) that under the laws of the jurisdiction governing each Transaction Document, each of the Transaction Documents constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the parties thereto, and is enforceable against the parties thereto, in accordance with its terms.

 


 

Oxford of South Carolina, Inc. Opinion Letter
July 13, 2009
Page 4
Based upon our examination of the Transaction Documents, the OSC Organizational Documents, and upon related examinations of such legal and factual matters as we deemed necessary for the formulation of the following opinion, we are of the opinion that OSC has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the Exchange Notes Guarantee by all necessary corporate action.
          This opinion is furnished solely for the benefit of the addressees hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Indenture, may not be used or relied upon by any other party or for any other purpose, and may not be quoted, published or otherwise disseminated without our prior written consent, except that King & Spalding LLP may rely on this opinion in its capacity as counsel for the Parent.
          This opinion is provided to addressees hereof as a legal opinion only and not as a guarantee or warranty of the matters discussed herein. This opinion is given as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update this opinion letter to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in any laws or regulations which may hereafter occur.
          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the registration statement of the Parent on Form S-4 to be filed in connection with the Transaction. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Yours very truly,
/s/ Parker Poe Adams & Bernstein LLP

 

EX-5.3 OPINION OF GRAY ROBINSON, P.A.
Exhibit 5.3
[GRAY ROBINSON LETTERHEAD]
July 13, 2009
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30308
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as special Florida counsel for Viewpoint Marketing, Inc., a Florida Corporation (“VMI”) that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation (“Oxford”) with respect to the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the registration by Oxford under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) of: (i) the offer and exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) by Oxford of $150,000,000.00 aggregate principal amount of its 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Initial Notes”), for new notes bearing substantially identical terms and in like principal amount (the “Exchange Notes”); and (ii) the guarantees issued pursuant to the Indenture (individually the “Guarantee” and collectively the “Guarantees”) attached to the Initial Notes of VMI and certain other subsidiaries of Oxford listed in the Registration Statement as guarantors (individually a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and collectively the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) of the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes.
     The Initial Notes were issued, and the Exchange Notes will be issued, pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of June 30, 2009, among Oxford, the Subsidiary Guarantors named on Schedule I thereto, and U.S. Bank, National Association as Trustee. The Exchange Offer will be conducted on such terms and conditions as are set forth in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement to which this opinion is an exhibit.
     We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of: (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the Indenture; (iii) the Notation of Guarantee, dated June 30, 2009 and executed in conjunction with the Indenture by VMI in its capacity as a Guarantor (the “Notation of Guarantee”); (iv) that certain Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Oxford and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Banc of America Securities LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, BB&T Capital Markets, a Division of Scott & Stringfellow LLC, Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc., and PNC Capital Markets LLC, dated as of June 30, 2009 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”); and (v) such other certificates, statutes and other instruments and documents as we considered appropriate for purposes of the opinion hereafter expressed. We also have reviewed such matters of law and examined original, certified, conformed, electronic or photographic copies of such other documents, records, agreements and certificates as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed. In our review, we have assumed the genuineness of signatures on all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original

 


 

Oxford Industries, Inc.
Florida Counsel Opinion
July 13, 2009
documents of all copies submitted to us as certified, conformed, electronic or photographic copies, and, as to any certificates of public officials, we have assumed the same to be accurate and to have been given properly.
As to certain matters of fact material to this opinion, we have relied to the extent we deemed appropriate, without independent verification, upon: (i) certificates of officers of Oxford, VMI, the other Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee; and (ii) the representations and warranties of Oxford, VMI, the other Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee contained in the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, or otherwise provided to us. We have made no other independent investigation with respect to any factual matters set forth in the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Registration Statement, and we have assumed and have relied totally upon the truth, accuracy and completeness of all such matters as are set forth therein, including without limitation, the following:
          (a) Each of the parties to the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, other than VMI and Oxford, has duly and validly executed and delivered the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations as set forth in the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement are its legal, valid, and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
          (b) Each person executing the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, other than VMI and Oxford, whether individually or on behalf of an entity, is duly authorized to do so;
          (c) Each natural person executing the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement is legally competent to do so;
          (d) All signatures of parties on the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement are genuine;
          (e) The parties to the Indenture, the Notation of Guarantee, and the Registration Rights Agreement, and their successors and assigns will: (i) act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner in the exercise of any rights or enforcement of any remedies under the Indenture, the Notation of Guarantee, and the Registration Rights Agreement; (ii) not engage in any conduct in the exercise of such rights or enforcement of such remedies that would constitute other than fair dealing; and (iii) comply with all requirements of applicable procedural and substantive law in exercising any rights or enforcing any remedies under the Indenture, the Notation of Guarantee, and the Registration Rights Agreement; and
          (f) The exercise of any rights or enforcement of any remedies under the Indenture, the Notation of Guarantee, or the Registration Rights Agreement would not violate any federal law or the laws of any state or local government outside the State of

2


 

Oxford Industries, Inc.
Florida Counsel Opinion
July 13, 2009
Florida, be unconscionable, result in a breach of the peace or otherwise be contrary to public policy.
          In connection with this opinion, we also have assumed that when the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement: (i) the Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), will have become effective; and (ii) the Exchange Notes will be issued and sold in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and in the manner described in the Registration Statement to constitute valid and binding obligations of Oxford enforceable against Oxford and the Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with their terms.
          Based upon the Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that VMI’s Guarantee of the Exchange Notes has been duly authorized.
               The opinion expressed herein is limited exclusively to the laws of the State of Florida, and we are expressing no opinion as to the effect of the laws of any other jurisdiction, domestic or foreign.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion of Florida counsel as Exhibit 5.3 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our firm name in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement under the caption “Legal Matters.” By giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder.
     This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the above matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or relied upon by or furnished to any other person without our prior written consent except that King & Spalding LLP, as counsel for Oxford, may rely upon this opinion as if it were addressed directly to them.
         
  Respectfully,


GRAY ROBINSON, P.A.
 
 
  /s/ Richard M. Blau, Esq    
  Richard M. Blau, Esq.   
  for the Firm   

3

EX-12.1 COMP. OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHRGS.
         
Exhibit 12.1
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(Amounts in thousands, except ratios)
                                                                         
                                    Eight Month                    
                                    Transition     Twelve Months     Fiscal Year        
                                    Period Ended     Ended     Ended        
    Fiscal Year Ended     February 2,     February 2,     January 31,     First Quarter Ended  
    May 28, 2004     June 3, 2005     June 2, 2006     June 1, 2007     2008     2008     2009     May 3, 2008     May 2, 2009  
FIXED CHARGES:
                                                                       
Interest expensed and capitalized
  $ 23,530     $ 26,146     $ 23,971     $ 22,214     $ 15,302     $ 22,351     $ 23,702     $ 6,332     $ 4,565  
Amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses (included above)
                                                                       
Estimate of interest within rental expense
    6,452       8,538       9,341       9,725       6,842       10,263       11,441       2,762       2,857  
Preference security dividend
                                                     
 
                                                     
Total Fixed Charges
  $ 29,982     $ 34,684     $ 33,312     $ 31,939     $ 22,144     $ 32,614     $ 35,143     $ 9,094     $ 7,422  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
EARNINGS:
                                                                       
Pretax income from continuing operations before adjustment for minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries or income or loss from equity investees
  $ 49,506     $ 65,649     $ 74,602     $ 77,446     $ 24,642     $ 62,160     $ (279,230 )   $ 13,419     $ 8,482  
Fixed Charges
    29,982       34,684       33,312       31,939       22,144       32,614       35,143       9,094       7,422  
Distributed income of equity investees
                      1,295       1,025       1,128       1,505       (166 )     337  
 
                                                     
Total Earnings
  $ 79,488     $ 100,333     $ 107,914     $ 110,680     $ 47,811     $ 95,902     $ (242,582 )   $ 22,347     $ 16,241  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    2.7x       2.9x       3.2x       3.5x       2.2x       2.9x       -6.9x       2.5x       2.2x  
 
                                                     

EX-23.4 CONSENT OF IND. REG. PUBLIC ACCT. FIRM
Exhibit 23.4
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of Oxford Industries, Inc. for the registration of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 and to the incorporation by reference of our reports dated March 31, 2009 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Oxford Industries, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting of Oxford Industries, Inc., included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended January 31, 2009, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
July 9, 2009

 

EX-23.5 CONSENT OF VALUATION RESEARCH CORPORATION
Exhibit 23.5
Consent of Valuation Research Corporation
We hereby consent to the references to our name and our appraisal dated June 15,2009 of the Tommy Bahama trade name in the United States in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (together with any amendments thereto, the “Registration Statement”) and related Prospectus of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) for the registration of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015.
     
For Valuation Research Corporation (VRC):
   
 
   
/s/ Raymond Weisner
 
   
Raymond Weisner, Senior Vice President
   
 
   
July 9, 2009
   

 

EX-25.1 FORM T-1, STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
Exhibit 25.1
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER
THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of
a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)
31-0841368
I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
     
800 Nicollet Mall    
Minneapolis, Minnesota   55402
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Muriel Shaw
U.S. Bank National Association
Two Midtown Plaza
1349 West Peachtree Street N.W.
Suite 1050
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(404) 898-8822
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Issuer with respect to the Securities)
     
Georgia   58-0831862
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.    
Atlanta, Georgia Elmwood Park, New Jersey 07407-1033    
Elmwood Park, New Jersey 07407-1033   30308
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
11.375% SENIOR SECURED NOTES due 2015
(Title of the Indenture Securities)
 

 


 

FORM T-1
     
Item 1.
  GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.
  a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
 
           Comptroller of the Currency
     Washington, D.C.
  b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
 
           Yes
     
Item 2.
  AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.
 
       None
     
Items 3-15
  Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.
     
Item 16.
  LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.
  1.   A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*
 
  2.   A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business.*
 
  3.   A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers.*
 
  4.   A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**
 
  5.   A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.
 
  6.   The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.
 
  7.   Report of Condition of the Trustee as of December 31, 2008 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.
 
*   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.
 
**   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-145601 filed on August 21, 2007.

2


 

SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Atlanta, Georgia on the 13th of July, 2009.
         
     
  By:   /s/ Muriel Shaw    
    Muriel Shaw   
    Assistant Vice President   
 

3


 

Exhibit 6
CONSENT
     In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
Dated: July 13, 2009
         
     
  By:   /s/ Muriel Shaw    
    Muriel Shaw   
    Assistant Vice President   
 

4


 

Exhibit 7
U.S. Bank National Association
Statement of Financial Condition
As of 3/31/2009
($000’s)
         
    3/31/2009  
Assets
       
Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions
  $ 6,290,222  
Securities
    37,422,789  
Federal Funds
    3,418,378  
Loans & Lease Financing Receivables
    180,410,691  
Fixed Assets
    4,527,063  
Intangible Assets
    12,182,455  
Other Assets
    14,275,149  
 
     
Total Assets
  $ 258,526,747  
 
       
Liabilities
       
Deposits
  $ 175,049,211  
Fed Funds
    10,281,149  
Treasury Demand Notes
    0  
Trading Liabilities
    745,122  
Other Borrowed Money
    34,732,595  
Acceptances
    0  
Subordinated Notes and Debentures
    7,779,967  
Other Liabilities
    6,523,925  
 
     
Total Liabilities
  $ 235,111,969  
 
       
Equity
       
Minority Interest in Subsidiaries
  $ 1,650,987  
Common and Preferred Stock
    18,200  
Surplus
    12,642,020  
Undivided Profits
    9,103,571  
 
     
Total Equity Capital
  $ 23,414,778  
 
       
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital
  $ 258,526,747  
To the best of the undersigned’s determination, as of the date hereof, the above financial information is true and correct.
U.S. Bank National Association
         
By:
  /s/ Muriel Shaw
 
Assistant Vice President
   
Date: July 13, 2009

5

EX-99.1 FORM OF LETTER TRANSMITTAL
 
Exhibit 99.1
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON          , 2009 UNLESS EXTENDED IN THE SOLE AND ABSOLUTE DISCRETION OF OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC. (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
Oxford Industries, Inc.
 
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 
for
 
Exchange of 11.375% Senior Secured Notes of Oxford Industries, Inc. due 2015 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended for outstanding 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
 
Guaranteed by
 
Lionshead Clothing Company
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.
Oxford Garment, Inc.
Oxford Lockbox, Inc.
Piedmont Apparel Corporation
SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC
Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc.
Oxford International, Inc.
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc.
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc.
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC
 
Exchange Agent:
 
U.S. Bank National Association
 
By Mail, Hand or Courier:
 
U.S. Bank National Association
Specialized Finance
60 Livingston Avenue
Mail Station — EP-MN-WS2N
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292
 
or
 
U.S. Bank National Association
100 Wall Street, 16th Floor
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
 
     
By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions only):
(651) 495-8158
Attention: Specialized Finance
  Confirm by Telephone:
(
800) 934-6802
 
For information on other offices or agencies of the Exchange Agent where Old
Notes may be presented for exchange, please call the telephone number listed above.


 

 
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery.
 
PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, INCLUDING THE INSTRUCTIONS TO THIS LETTER, CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW
 
Capitalized terms used in this Letter of Transmittal and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus (as defined herein). The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, notes and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent, including delivery through The Depository Trust Company and any acceptance or Agent’s Message delivered through ATOP, is at the election and risk of holders.
 
List in Box 1 below the Old Notes of which you are the holder. If the space provided in Box 1 is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount at maturity of Old Notes on a separate signed schedule and affix that schedule to this Letter of Transmittal.


 

BOX 1
 
TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
 
                               
                      Principal
 
              Principal
      Amount of
 
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)
    Certificate
      Amount of
      Old Notes
 
(Please fill in if blank)     Number(s)(1)       Old Notes       Tendered(2)  
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
        Totals:                      
                               
(1) Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount of Old Notes represented by a certificate or Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered.
                               
 
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of (i) the Prospectus, dated          , 2009 (the “Prospectus”), of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and Lionshead Clothing Company, Oxford Caribbean, Inc., Oxford Garment, Inc., Oxford Lockbox, Inc., Piedmont Apparel Corporation, SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation, Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc., Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC, Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc., Oxford International, Inc., Oxford of South Carolina, Inc., Viewpoint Marketing, Inc. and Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, Inc. (together, the “Guarantors”) and (ii) this Letter of Transmittal, which may be amended from time to time (as amended, this “Letter”), which together constitute the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange new 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “New Notes”) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of the Issuer’s outstanding 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Old Notes”). The Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
 
The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter to indicate the action he or she desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.
 
All holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes must, on or prior to the Expiration Date: (1) complete, sign, date and mail or otherwise deliver this Letter or a facsimile of this Letter to the Exchange Agent, in person or at the address set forth above; and (2) tender his or her Old Notes or, if a tender of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”), confirm such book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), in accordance with the procedures for tendering described in the Instructions to this Letter. Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents required by this Letter to be delivered to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the Prospectus. (See Instruction 1)
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Letter of Transmittal, or in the related notice of guaranteed delivery, tenders can only be made through ATOP by DTC participants and Letters of Transmittal can only be accepted by means of an Agent’s Message.
 
The Instructions included with this Letter must be followed in their entirety. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address listed above.


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors the principal amount of Old Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered with this Letter, the undersigned exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer and the Guarantors, all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered.
 
The undersigned constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as his or her agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer and the Guarantors) with respect to the tendered Old Notes, with full power of substitution, to: (a) deliver certificates for such Old Notes; (b) deliver Old Notes and all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to or upon the order of the Issuer upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the New Notes to which the undersigned is entitled upon the acceptance by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the Old Notes tendered under the Exchange Offer; and (c) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and to acquire New Notes issuable upon exchange of the tendered Old Notes, and that, when the tendered Old Notes are accepted for exchange, the Issuer and the Guarantors will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered.
 
The undersigned agrees that acceptance of any tendered Old Notes by the Issuer and the Guarantors and the issuance of New Notes in exchange therefore shall constitute performance in full by the Issuer and Guarantors of their respective obligations under the registration rights agreement that the Issuer and Guarantors entered into with the initial purchasers of the Old Notes (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and that, upon the issuance of the New Notes, the Issuer and Guarantors will have no further obligations or liabilities under the Registration Rights Agreement (except in certain limited circumstances). By tendering Old Notes, the undersigned certifies that (i) any New Notes received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) it is not engaging in or intending to engage in a distribution of the New Notes and it has no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) the Issuer or the Guarantors nor is it a broker-dealer that acquired Old Notes directly from such persons or, if it is an affiliate (as so defined) of such persons or a broker-dealer that acquired Old Notes directly from such persons, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, and (iv) if it is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the New Notes.
 
The undersigned acknowledges that, if it is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.
 
The undersigned understands that the Issuer and the Guarantors may accept the undersigned’s tender by delivering written notice of acceptance to the Exchange Agent, at which time the undersigned’s right to withdraw such tender will terminate.
 
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors and administrators. Tenders may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Instructions included with this Letter.
 
Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions” below, the Exchange Agent will deliver New Notes (and, if applicable, a certificate for any Old Notes not tendered but represented by a certificate also encompassing Old Notes which are tendered) to the undersigned at the address set forth in Box 1.


 

The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is subject to the more detailed terms set forth in the Prospectus and, in case of any conflict between the terms of the Prospectus and this Letter, the Prospectus shall prevail.
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
  Name of Tendering Institution: 
 
  Account Number: 
 
  Transaction Code Number: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
  Name(s) of Registered Owner(s): 
 
  Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
  Window Ticket Number (if available): 
 
  Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE AN “AFFILIATE” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER OR ANY OF THE GUARANTORS.
 
  Name: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER OR AN “AFFILIATE” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OF THE ISSUER OR THE GUARANTORS AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
 
  Name: 
 
  Address: 
 
        


 

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
BOX 2
 
PLEASE SIGN HERE
WHETHER OR NOT OLD NOTES ARE BEING
PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
 
         
X ­ ­
     
         
X ­ ­
     
(Signature(s) of Owner(s)       (Date)
or Authorized Signatory)
       
 
Area Code and Telephone Number: 
This box must be signed by registered holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Letter. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. (See Instruction 3)
 
Name(s): 
(Please Print)
 
Capacity: 
 
Address(es): 
 
(Include Zip Code)
 
     
Signature(s) Guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution:
   
   
(If required by Instruction 3)
  (Authorized Signature)
     
   
    (Title)
     
   
    (Name of Firm)


 

BOX 3
 
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
 
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.
 
Issue and deliver:
 
(check appropriate boxes)
 
o  Old Notes not tendered
o  New Notes, to:
 
Name(s): 
(Please Print)
 
Address(es): 
 
TIN or Social Security Number: 
 


 

BOX 4
 
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
 
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
 
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or New Notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2 or to an address other than that shown in Box 1.
 
Deliver:
 
(check appropriate boxes)
 
o  Old Notes not Tendered
o  New Notes, to:
 
Name(s): 
(Please Print)
 
Address(es): 
 
        
 


 

INSTRUCTIONS
 
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
1. Delivery of this Letter and Certificates.  Certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Letter, certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holder, but except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, the use of registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is suggested.
 
Holders whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date may tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) tender must be made by or through a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings association or other entity which is a member in good standing of a recognized medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc., including the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP), or any other “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (an “Eligible Institution”); (ii) any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by telegram, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) (x) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the names in which the Old Notes are registered, the principal amount of Old Notes tendered and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the Old Notes to be tendered, (y) stating that the tender is being made thereby and (z) guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, will be delivered by the Eligible Institution together with this Letter, properly completed and duly executed, and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent; and (iii) the certificates for all tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as all other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as provided in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by the Issuer, whose determination will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders that are not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel to the Issuer, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the right to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defects or irregularities in tenders of any particular holder of Old Notes whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the cases of other holders of Old Notes. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter, waive any right to receive notice of acceptance of their Old Notes.
 
None of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be obligated to give notice of defects or irregularities in any tender, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
 
2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.  If less than the entire principal amount of any Old Note evidenced by a submitted certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of Box 1 above. All of the Old Notes represented by a certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. A certificate for Old Notes not tendered will be sent to the holder at its registered address, unless otherwise provided in Box 3 or 4, as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, in the event that less than the entire principal amount of Old Notes represented by a submitted certificate is


 

tendered (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained by the holder with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility).
 
If not yet accepted, a tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. To be effective with respect to the tender of Old Notes, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at its address or facsimile number (with confirmation) set forth above before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date; (ii) specify the person named in the applicable letter of transmittal as having tendered Old Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) specify the certificate numbers, if applicable, of Old Notes to be withdrawn; (iv) specify the principal amount of Old Notes to be withdrawn, which must be an authorized denomination; (v) state that the holder is withdrawing its election to have those Old Notes exchanged; (vi) state the name of the registered holder of those Old Notes; and (vii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the signature on the applicable letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Issuer that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the Old Notes being withdrawn.
 
3. Signatures on this Letter; Assignments; Guarantee of Signatures.  If this Letter is signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificate(s) for such Old Notes, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
 
If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are owned by two or more joint owners, all owners must sign this Letter. If any tendered Old Notes are held in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are names in which certificates are held.
 
If this Letter is signed by the holder of record and (i) the entire principal amount of the holder’s Old Notes are tendered; and/or (ii) untendered Old Notes, if any, are to be issued to the holder of record, then the holder of record need not endorse any certificates for tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. If any other case, the holder of record must transmit a separate bond power with this Letter.
 
If this Letter or any certificate or assignment is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act must be submitted, unless waived by the Issuer.
 
Signatures on this Letter must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, unless Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a holder who has not completed Box 3 entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or Box 4 entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that the signatures in this Letter or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an eligible guarantor institution which is a member of The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), The New York Stock Exchanges Medallion Signature Program (MSP) or The Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.  Tendering holders should indicate, in Box 3 or 4, as applicable, the name and address to which the New Notes or certificates for Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such holder may designate.
 
5. Transfer Taxes.  The Issuer and/or the Guarantors will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Old Notes to them or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, the New Notes or certificates for Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the record holder, or if tendered certificates are recorded in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old Notes to


 

the Issuer and the Guarantors or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the record holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of taxes or exemption from taxes is not submitted with this Letter, the amount of transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.
 
Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the certificates listed in this Letter.
 
6. Waiver of Conditions.  The Issuer reserves the absolute right to amend or waive any of the specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any Old Notes tendered.
 
7. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  Any holder whose certificates for Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.
 
8. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter, may be directed to the Exchange Agent.
 
IMPORTANT:  This Letter (together with certificates representing tendered Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation and all other required documents) must be received by the Exchange Agent any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer (as described in the Prospectus).

EX-99.2 FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
Exhibit 99.2
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
Exchange Offer
to holders of its
 
11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015
 
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
 
As set forth in (i) the Prospectus, dated          , 2009 (the “Prospectus”), Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Issuer”) and Lionshead Clothing Company, Oxford Caribbean, Inc., Oxford Garment, Inc., Oxford Lockbox, Inc., Piedmont Apparel Corporation, SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation, Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc., Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC, Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc., Oxford International, Inc., Oxford of South Carolina, Inc., Viewpoint Marketing, Inc., Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, Inc. (together, the “Guarantors”) under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” and (ii) the Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offer by the Issuer and the Guarantors to exchange up to $150,000,000 in principal amount of the Issuer’s new 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 for $150,000,000 in principal amount of the Issuer’s 11.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Old Notes”), which Old Notes were issued and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the offer of the Issuer and the Guarantors if: (i) certificates for the Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent (as defined below) on or prior to the expiration date of the Exchange Offer (as defined below and as described in the Prospectus). Such form may be delivered by telegram, facsimile transmission, mail or hand to the Exchange Agent.
 
To: U.S. Bank, National Association (the “Exchange Agent”)
 
By Mail, Hand or Courier:
 
U.S. Bank National Association
Specialized Finance
60 Livingston Avenue
Mail Station — EP-MN-WS2N
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292
or
U.S. Bank National Association
100 Wall Street, 16th Floor
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
 
     
By Facsimile (for Eligible Institutions only):
(651) 495-8158
Attention: Specialized Finance
  Confirm by Telephone:
(
800) 934-6802
 
For information on other offices or agencies of the Exchange Agent where Old
Notes may be presented for exchange, please call the telephone number listed above.
 
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above
or as indicated upon contacting the Exchange Agent at the telephone number
set forth above, or transmittal of this instrument to a facsimile number other
than as set forth above or as indicated upon contacting the Exchange Agent at
the telephone number set forth above, does not constitute a valid delivery.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or in the related
Letter of Transmittal, tenders can only be made through ATOP by DTC participants
and Letters of Transmittal can only be accepted by means of an Agent’s Message.


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
The undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer and the Guarantors, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”), receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and the Letter of Transmittal.
 
All the authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive the death or incapacity of, the undersigned.
 
Principal Amount of Old Notes
Tendered: 
 
Certificate Nos. (if available):
 
 
Total Principal Amount Represented
by Old Notes Certificate(s):
 
 
Account Number:
 
Name(s) in which Old Notes Registered:
 
 
Date: 
 
 
Sign Here
 
Signature(s): 
 
 
Please Print the Following Information
 
Name(s): 
 
 
Address(es): 
 
 
Area Code and Tel. No(s).: 
 
 
 
 
 
Must be signed by the holder(s) of Outstanding Notes as their names(s) appear(s) on certificates for Outstanding Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.


 

GUARANTEE
 
The undersigned, a bank, broker, dealer, credit union, savings association or other entity which is a member in good standing of a recognized medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc., including the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP) and the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP), or any other “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees delivery to the Exchange Agent of certificates tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or delivery of such certificates pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, in either case with delivery of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other required documents, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal).
 
Name of Firm:
 
Authorized Signature:
 
Number and Street or P.O. Box:
 
City:            State:            Zip Code:           
 
Area Code and Tel. No.:
 
Dated: ­ ­